<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Eleutheria</id>
	<title>Baka-Tsuki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Eleutheria"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Eleutheria"/>
	<updated>2026-05-04T16:34:55Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Lone_Island_Syndrome&amp;diff=3269</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Lone Island Syndrome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Lone_Island_Syndrome&amp;diff=3269"/>
		<updated>2006-05-17T11:59:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Koizumi&amp;#039;s Mythical Animal */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== References &amp;amp; Translators Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cicadas and Summer in Japan ===&lt;br /&gt;
The sound of cicadas seems to be symbolic of summertime in Japan.  Perhaps someone else can fill in why Haruhi would be likely to be hunting for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 11:33, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s a summer pastime of kids and childish adults in Japan. You catch cicadas with big nets (like Western kids catching butterflies) and put them in little cages. Depending on the time of year, there are many different active types of cicada, each with a characteristic song. Some species are specifically associated with the end of summer and the resumption of school with the second semester -- species such as the つくつく法師 (&#039;&#039;tsukutsuku-boushi semi&#039;&#039;), which sings from late summer until well into autumn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:41, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, almost all cicadas in all anime series sound exactly the same.  Nowadays, the childish adults would probably just stay home and play bishoujo games.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 22:40, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So those are cicadas, I don&#039;t know what&#039;s gotten into heads of those official Taiwanese translators, but the Chinese term I read clearly said &amp;quot;locusts&amp;quot;. I had no idea why Haruhi would &amp;quot;hunt for locusts&amp;quot;, but I just translated what I saw, so thanks for rectifying that out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Kinny Riddle|Kinny Riddle]] 20:39, 11 May 2006 (HKT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I seriously don&#039;t get how they can make that mistake. I lived in Hong Kong and Singapore for years, and in both places, the Chinese locals had the same custom of catching cicadas or crickets or whatever and putting them in little cages. You could buy cicadas/crickets in cages, at some of the markets in Kowloon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, I can&#039;t understand how a Taiwanese translator can possibly miss that reference. Not only is the practice part of Chinese behaviour (in some locations, at least) -- it is also an integral element of Japanese culture, and therefore something that a translator shouldn&#039;t miss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 08:02, 11 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Koizumi&#039;s Mythical Animal ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese text says &amp;quot;ツチノコ(槌の子）&amp;quot;, which apparently means &amp;quot;Son of a hammer&amp;quot;.  My Sharp e-dictionary doesn&#039;t even have an English entry for it.  The closest definition it gives is &amp;quot;a kind of mythical animal that&#039;s like a snake&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What&#039;s the Chinese text for it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 12:21, 14 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At first i thought you were talking about the Kirin, but after that description, areyou sure it isn&#039;t the Tsuchinoko? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tsuchinoko&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The tsuchinoko (ツチノコ) is a mythical creature (or UMA) from Japan resembling a snake. The creature is also known as &amp;quot;bachi-hebi&amp;quot; in Northern Japan. References to the tsuchinoko legend can apparently be found in the Kojiki.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 13:30, 14 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note to self: remember that wikipedia is the fountain of all knowledge, and I should just have typed tsuchinoko into Google.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 04:59, 17 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;misc: &amp;quot;lunchboxes&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
     I&#039;m not sure what the original text says, but I have a feeling this is supposed to be &amp;quot;box lunches&amp;quot;, not &amp;quot;lunchboxes&amp;quot;.  But hey, maybe the SOS brigade &amp;lt;i&amp;gt;was&amp;lt;/i&amp;gt; eating lunchboxes.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Lone_Island_Syndrome&amp;diff=3235</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Lone Island Syndrome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Lone_Island_Syndrome&amp;diff=3235"/>
		<updated>2006-05-14T19:21:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* References &amp;amp; Translators Notes */  koizumi&amp;#039;s animal&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== References &amp;amp; Translators Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cicadas and Summer in Japan ===&lt;br /&gt;
The sound of cicadas seems to be symbolic of summertime in Japan.  Perhaps someone else can fill in why Haruhi would be likely to be hunting for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 11:33, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s a summer pastime of kids and childish adults in Japan. You catch cicadas with big nets (like Western kids catching butterflies) and put them in little cages. Depending on the time of year, there are many different active types of cicada, each with a characteristic song. Some species are specifically associated with the end of summer and the resumption of school with the second semester -- species such as the つくつく法師 (&#039;&#039;tsukutsuku-boushi semi&#039;&#039;), which sings from late summer until well into autumn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:41, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, almost all cicadas in all anime series sound exactly the same.  Nowadays, the childish adults would probably just stay home and play bishoujo games.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 22:40, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So those are cicadas, I don&#039;t know what&#039;s gotten into heads of those official Taiwanese translators, but the Chinese term I read clearly said &amp;quot;locusts&amp;quot;. I had no idea why Haruhi would &amp;quot;hunt for locusts&amp;quot;, but I just translated what I saw, so thanks for rectifying that out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Kinny Riddle|Kinny Riddle]] 20:39, 11 May 2006 (HKT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I seriously don&#039;t get how they can make that mistake. I lived in Hong Kong and Singapore for years, and in both places, the Chinese locals had the same custom of catching cicadas or crickets or whatever and putting them in little cages. You could buy cicadas/crickets in cages, at some of the markets in Kowloon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, I can&#039;t understand how a Taiwanese translator can possibly miss that reference. Not only is the practice part of Chinese behaviour (in some locations, at least) -- it is also an integral element of Japanese culture, and therefore something that a translator shouldn&#039;t miss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 08:02, 11 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Koizumi&#039;s Mythical Animal ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese text says &amp;quot;ツチノコ(槌の子）&amp;quot;, which apparently means &amp;quot;Son of a hammer&amp;quot;.  My Sharp e-dictionary doesn&#039;t even have an English entry for it.  The closest definition it gives is &amp;quot;a kind of mythical animal that&#039;s like a snake&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What&#039;s the Chinese text for it?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 12:21, 14 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Lone_Island_Syndrome&amp;diff=3192</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Lone Island Syndrome</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Lone_Island_Syndrome&amp;diff=3192"/>
		<updated>2006-05-11T05:40:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Cicadas and Summer in Japan */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== References &amp;amp; Translators Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cicadas and Summer in Japan ===&lt;br /&gt;
The sound of cicadas seems to be symbolic of summertime in Japan.  Perhaps someone else can fill in why Haruhi would be likely to be hunting for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 11:33, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s a summer pastime of kids and childish adults in Japan. You catch cicadas with big nets (like Western kids catching butterflies) and put them in little cages. Depending on the time of year, there are many different active types of cicada, each with a characteristic song. Some species are specifically associated with the end of summer and the resumption of school with the second semester -- species such as the つくつく法師 (&#039;&#039;tsukutsuku-boushi semi&#039;&#039;), which sings from late summer until well into autumn. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:41, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nevertheless, almost all cicadas in all anime series sound exactly the same.  Nowadays, the childish adults would probably just stay home and play bishoujo games.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 22:40, 10 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=3191</id>
		<title>Suzumiya Haruhi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=3191"/>
		<updated>2006-05-11T05:37:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Scripts Partially Contributed */  credit where credit&amp;#039;s due...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is just a story that I picked up a while ago to practice my English writing skills. &lt;br /&gt;
If you want to correct any grammatical/spelling mistakes feel free to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are going to post a portion or the whole translation elsewhere, please contact me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read the [[Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi|Discussion]] for news/opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older updates can be found [[Update|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*May 9, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;[http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline#Discussion_Deadline_on_11th_May 11th May Deadline]&#039;&#039;&#039; for the discussion &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;[http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline#SOS-Dan.27s_full_name SOS Dan Full Name]&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; users who have yet to add your comments please do so before  it ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*May 11, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;[http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline#SOS-Dan.27s_full_name SOS Dan Full Name]&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; Discussion has now ended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translators ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is our Project Translators Team&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Harunako|Harunako]] (Planned)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:arcticphoenix16|arcticphoenix16]] (lazy-bum)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Kinny Riddle|Kinny Riddle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]] (part-time)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Scripts Partially Contributed ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We would like to thank these users for contributing portions of translated script&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[user:skythewood|skythewood]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[user:eleutheria|eleutheria]] (One line of text)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Please [[User_talk:Thelastguardian|contact thelastguardian]] if you are planning to contribute a significant amount of script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
User who wish to contribute partially translated scripts but wish not to continue with the whole chapter &lt;br /&gt;
i.e. become a fully fledged Project Translator therefore expected to contribute regularly.&lt;br /&gt;
Please inform [[user:onizuka-gto|onizuka-gto]] before submitting, this includes both Anonymous &amp;amp; Registered Users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translators are asked to [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Registration Page|register]] which chapters they&#039;re working on&#039;&#039;&#039; (see [[Format_guideline#Translators|the Guideline page]] for usage rules).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users mentioned here have been recognized for their large &amp;amp; regular Editorial Contribution, which this project would like to thank, acknowledge, &amp;amp; hope that they will continue to contribute in the future.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dedicated Editors ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the Project Editorial Team.&lt;br /&gt;
They will regularly patrol the projects to prevent vandalism &amp;amp; make sure the guidelines are implemented. If you have any inquiries about certain edits please contact any one of the members.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Adelina|Adelina]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Ryukaiser|Ryukaiser]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] (a.k.a Image Editor)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[user:The naming game|The naming game]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New Editors Watchlist ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users whose contributions are worth mentioning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Every Chapter (after editing) must conform to the agreed points highlighted in the [http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Format_guideline Unified Format Guideline]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Some of these chapters are translations of the Chinese edition of the novels, which are known to have some minor mistakes compared to the original Japanese text. If you have access to the originals and you spot an error, &#039;&#039;&#039;please feel free to make the corrections yourself&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is a Wiki which means it&#039;s meant for anyone to fix things (and if you screw up, we can revert back your changes if all deem necessary). We can see the corrections you make, so just go ahead instead of hiding or waiting for permission.  --[[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just to add something else. I have changed the permission setting for the Wiki. &#039;&#039;&#039;You don&#039;t have to have an account to edit a page.&#039;&#039;&#039; Please do note that if you abuse this feature, I will personally hunt you down :) . --[[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The &#039;&#039;Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; series, by [[Tanigawa Nagaru]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 1 - &#039;&#039;The Melancholy of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第一巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憂鬱 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Prologue|Prologue]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|Chapter 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter2|Chapter 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Chapter 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter4|Chapter 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5|Chapter 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter6|Chapter 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter7|Chapter 7]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Epilogue|Epilogue]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Author&#039;s Notes|Author&#039;s Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Editor&#039;s Notes|Editor&#039;s Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 2 - &#039;&#039;The Sighs of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第二巻: 涼宮ハルヒの溜息 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Prologue|Prologue]] &lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 1 &lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 2 &lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Chapter4|Chapter 4]] (00% complete)&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 5&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Epilogue|Epilogue]]&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 3 - &#039;&#039;The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第三巻: 涼宮ハルヒの退屈 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue|Prologue]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi|The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi]] (10% complete)&lt;br /&gt;
***Bamboo Leaf Rhapsody&lt;br /&gt;
***Mystérique Sign&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Lone Island Syndrome|Lone Island Syndrome]] (14% Complete)&lt;br /&gt;
***Epilogue&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 4 - &#039;&#039;The Disappearance of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第四巻: 涼宮ハルヒの消失 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume4_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***Prologue&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 1&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 2&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 4&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 5&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 6&lt;br /&gt;
***Epilogue&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 5 - &#039;&#039;The Rampage of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第五巻: 涼宮ハルヒの暴走 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume5_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***Prologue - Summer&lt;br /&gt;
***Endless August&lt;br /&gt;
***Prologue - Autumn&lt;br /&gt;
***The Day of Sagittarius&lt;br /&gt;
***Prologue - Winter&lt;br /&gt;
***Snow Mountain Syndrome&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 6 - &#039;&#039;The Trembling of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第六巻: 涼宮ハルヒの動揺 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume6_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***Live Alive&lt;br /&gt;
***Asahina Mikuru&#039;s Adventure Episode 00&lt;br /&gt;
***「ヒトメボレＬＯＶＥＲ」&lt;br /&gt;
***「描はどこに行った？」&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume6_The_Melancholy_of_Asahina_Mikuru|The Melancholy of Asahina Mikuru]] (22% complete)&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 7 - &#039;&#039;The Intrigues of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第七巻: 涼宮ハルヒの陰謀 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume7_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 1&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 2&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 4&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 5&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 6&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 7&lt;br /&gt;
***Epilogue&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 8 - &#039;&#039;The Indignation of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第八巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憤慨 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***Color Illustrations&lt;br /&gt;
***「編集長★一直線！」&lt;br /&gt;
***Wandering Shadow&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Series Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 1 - &#039;&#039;The Melancholy of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第一巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憂鬱&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 2 - &#039;&#039;The Sighs of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第二巻: 涼宮ハルヒの溜息&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 3 - &#039;&#039;The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第三巻: 涼宮ハルヒの退屈&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 4 - &#039;&#039;The Vanishing of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第四巻: 涼宮ハルヒの消失&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 5 - &#039;&#039;The Rampage of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第五巻: 涼宮ハルヒの暴走&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 6 - &#039;&#039;The Trembling of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第六巻: 涼宮ハルヒの動揺&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 7 - &#039;&#039;The Intrigues of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第七巻: 涼宮ハルヒの陰謀&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 8 - &#039;&#039;The Indignation of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第八巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憤慨&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=3078</id>
		<title>Talk:Format guideline</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=3078"/>
		<updated>2006-05-08T23:14:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Volume 04, Title Discussion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, so lets kick this up, what things should we address first? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which things should be established first?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
please use the &amp;quot;add comment&amp;quot; icon above.&lt;br /&gt;
Please scroll down for current Discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
Pervious Discussion on related format guidelinetopics have been copied here for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Volume 01, Chapter 01 Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
For discussion of issues solely related to Chapter 1, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|the discussion page for Chapter 1]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s language ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is mostly about thelastguardian&#039;s translation of Haruhi using &amp;quot;kick ass&amp;quot;.  Psieye toned it down to &amp;quot;awesome&amp;quot;.  Although I am personally against using strong language, if this same crude language is present in the original Japanese, I won&#039;t complain keeping the &amp;quot;kick ass.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 01:22, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruzz used the word &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; for that passage. It certainly seems the best choice but his whole style is different so perhaps &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; isn&#039;t what we&#039;re seeking here for this translation&#039;s style.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 23:44, 19 April 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess I&#039;ll jump in to say something. The original japanese line is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高校にはもっとラディカルなサークルがあると思ってたのに。&lt;br /&gt;
Koukou ni wa motto radikaruna saakuru ga aru to omotteta no ni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, I never even considered any other words except &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot;. It covers both bases, and frankly I&#039;d be willing to bet that the line is mostly referring to actual radicalness (differing from a norm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cruzz|Cruzz]] 10:21, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 02 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hyperion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general story is seven pilgrims re-visiting a planet, and most of the book is composed of the life stories of each pilgrim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read the first life story (the priest&#039;s) yesterday.  It&#039;s one powerful piece of writing.  I&#039;d call it one of the most striking scifi tales I&#039;ve read in the past year.  If you get the chance, go read it...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 09:45, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Fall of Hyperion ====&lt;br /&gt;
About this passage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;All the members are here today. Nagato Yuki sat in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about the effects of Saturn&#039;s satellites falling down. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but still obediently arrived, sitting on a steel chair looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original Japanese text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一応メンバーは揃っていた。相も変わらず長門有希は定位置で土星のマイナー衛星が落ちた&lt;br /&gt;
とかどうしたとかいうタイトルのハードカバーを読みふくり、来なくてもいいのに生真面目に&lt;br /&gt;
もちゃんとやって来た朝日奈みくるさんは在所なげにパイプ椅子に腰掛けている。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far as I can tell, a better translation of the passage would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Anyway, all the members were here today. Nagato Yuki was in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about a minor satellite of Saturn falling down, or something like that. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but had still obediently arrived, seated on a steel chair and looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the book in question (as we&#039;ve seen in the anime) has to be &#039;&#039;The Fall of Hyperion&#039;&#039; by Dan Simmons -- but equally obviously, Kyon doesn&#039;t recognize it, and thinks it&#039;s about Hyperion the satellite of Saturn. This is marked by the tentative nature of his &#039;&#039;to ka doushita to ka iu taitoru&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m changing this passage as shown, in the body text, but I just wanted to explain why I&#039;ve changed it this way. I really think that we might want to include a translator&#039;s footnote here, to the effect that we know which book is meant, but that the confusion was present in the original text, and is indisputably deliberate on the part of the author. Are we going to make footnotes? If so, this is a good place for one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 19:14, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 04 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Once it&#039;s all over, a post-mortem will be held to review and prepare for further developments. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Post-mortem? That sort of suggests a death, although I know what is trying to be said, but it might give the wrong meaning to other people. I wonder if there is another word we could substitute this with? Would anyone like to give a suggestion? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 07:44, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the military, they use the term &amp;quot;After Action Report&amp;quot; (abbr. AAR). --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 10:10, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debriefing? --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 23:03, 22 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 02:22, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review is already said in the sentence, but we could change that. Out of which do you think Haruhi would be the most likely to say? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 05:41, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be honest, I think &amp;quot;debriefing&amp;quot; fits in very well in the sentence. It also suits the quasi-militaristic secret superspy-agent-hero-fantasy world that the SOS Brigade has its roots in. &amp;quot;Once it&#039;s all over, a debriefing will be held to review and prepare for further developments.&amp;quot; See? It looks good. Kudos to &#039;&#039;&#039;velocity7&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;le mot juste&#039;&#039;.--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 05:54, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 05 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this material, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5|the discussion page for Chapter 5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Discussion - New Points Discussed Here ==&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 04, Title Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this is something I have noticed since the first visited this site, I never raised this issue as I had presumed that either a translator or an editor would correct it, yet so far, no one has.&lt;br /&gt;
The issue I would like to bring to everyone&#039;s attention (particularly translators and editors) is the current title of volume 4: &#039;&#039;&#039;The Vanishing of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The instant I read that sentence, I had a nagging feeling that this was not an appropriate translation as it did not read well, by which I mean the sentence did not sound correct. To investigate further, I looked up the only two kanji used in the title of volume 4 (that differs from book to book), which are these two characters: 消失 (read as shou shitsu). After looking through all the Japanese dictionaries that I own and checking with numerous online kanji dictionaries, the characters 消失 were consistently defined as &amp;quot;disappearance&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;die out&amp;quot; as opposed to &amp;quot;vanishing&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This, I believe, turned out to be more beneficial for translating purposes as well. Here&#039;s why:&lt;br /&gt;
* The word &amp;quot;Disappear&amp;quot; is synonymous with &amp;quot;Vanish&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* The substitution of &amp;quot;Vanishing&amp;quot; with the word &amp;quot;Disappearance&amp;quot; in the title sentence is grammatically stronger.&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;gt; &amp;quot;Vanishing&amp;quot; is synonymous with &amp;quot;Disappearing&amp;quot;, yet both do not hold the same definition as &amp;quot;Disappearance&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;gt; Simply put, it is to do with tenses and time. &amp;quot;Vanishing&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;disappearing&amp;quot; are in present tense (or in the process of) whereas &amp;quot;disappearance&amp;quot; is either past tense or future-perfect tense. Here are some examples to distinguish the words apart:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.g.1. &amp;quot;Now I shall perform my vanishing act!&amp;quot; the devious magician leered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.g.2. As the vitamin C tablet fizzed and skated across the surface of the water, I could see it disappearing before my very eyes. (Wow chemistry...)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
e.g.3. No one I knew could offer any clue regarding the disappearance of the infamous troublemaker; Suzumiya Haruhi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now that I&#039;ve explained it, here are the two versions of the title sentence for volume 4:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;The Vanishing of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;Original translation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;The Disappearance of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;My suggested translation&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As I was previously informed that we need to reach a general consensus on a &amp;quot;major-minor&amp;quot; change such as this before anything may be done, please post your opinion regarding the possible change of the title of volume 4 (which all in all, is still very minor).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 18:44, 7 May 2006 (GMT) (I must have spent so long trying to ensure this post was void of any errors that the site logged me out! The IP stated in the change log is mine if you must know)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking up 消失 in the dictionary gave me both disappear and vanish, but I have to agree that &amp;quot;The Disappearance of Suzumiya Haruhi&amp;quot; sounds a little better.  Unless there&#039;s some specific reason in the text of the volume (which is kind of hard to say, since it hasn&#039;t been translated yet), or unless &amp;quot;The Vanishing of Suzumiya Haruhi&amp;quot; is a generally accepted translation, I would go with that one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:kumarei|Kumarei]] 17:02, 8 May 2006 (EST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the other titles are &amp;quot;The [abstract noun] of Suzumiya Haruhi&amp;quot; so disappearance fits in better.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Dogtato|Dogtato]] 15:01, 8 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disappearance 賛成!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 16:14, 8 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dialogue syntax issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can tell from the first chapter, Kyon represses a significant amount of his thoughts during conversations.  Most of these thoughts take the form of a silent aside that the other characters are not aware of.  However, there are times when Kyon&#039;s inner dialogues are leaked out into the open but the parenthesis is left out.  For example, in Chapter 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;After class, Taniguchi, with his mystified face, tried to corner me. Taniguchi, you look like a total moron with that expression of yours!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Be quiet! I don&#039;t care what you say. Anyway, just what magic did you cast?&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what thelastguardian tells me, the lack of parenthesis is the author&#039;s style.  The reason I bring this up is because a casual reader might be confused in certain places when deciding whether Kyon speaks or not.  I believe the author&#039;s style should be reverted with no parentehsis added.  What is your opinion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another issue is how place the &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; and other such lines that directly reference to a character&#039;s line.  In the current format, such lines are separated by a space.  I&#039;m of the opinion these spaces should be closed and the short commentary following a line should be closed.  Already, this has been taken care of by others and myself in a few instances.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Which is why I&#039;m going to obtain one now,&amp;quot; Haruhi said, like a hunter looking for its prey.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But before I start linking dialogue to commentary, what do you think? --[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 23:32, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Agreed on closing some of the linebreaks for dialogue syntax. Breaking a new line all over the place probably looks right with Japanese text, but English novels are written with &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; descriptions and following commentaries on the same line as the dialogue (as well as further dialogue by the same person). Then again, Kyon&#039;s inner voice commentaries and asides I&#039;d count as &#039;dialogue&#039; and therefore require a change in line. For example, from Ch 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I see... I understand.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;What did you understand?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I&#039;ll quit the Calligraphy Club, and join your club...&amp;quot; Her voice is so full of sadness. &amp;quot;But, I don&#039;t know what the Literature Club does.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Oh and just to clarify, I don&#039;t think we need to add any &#039;somebody said,&#039; descriptions if they&#039;re not already there - as was discussed it is pretty easy to guess who&#039;s speaking what line even if we don&#039;t get &amp;quot;verbalised accents&amp;quot; (such as trademark deviations from Standard Japanese and -yo, -desu endings).&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:48, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Though on second thought, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;her voice is so full of sadness&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; and many other such descriptions feel like &#039;dialogue&#039;/&#039;monologue commentary&#039; since this is Kyon First Perspective afterall. Mmm... maybe making a finer distinction like this would just cause more trouble. Ok, I guess only doing the no-linebreak thing with &amp;quot;lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot; cases would be sensible, as Baltakatei originally suggested.&lt;br /&gt;
::--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:42, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sentence order of interleaved dialogue and description. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note in this example from [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Volume 1, Chapter 3]], how Kyon&#039;s dialogue is before its description, which is the opposite of normal English usage and expectation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1a&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:... let&#039;s begin searching!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;......What are we looking for?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Since no one else asked, I decided to do it myself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
vs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1b&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:... let&#039;s begin searching!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Since no one else asked, I decided to do it myself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;......What are we looking for?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually quite a few examples of this pattern in the text, and I assume this sounds very natural in Chinese/Japanese.  In some cases this can be worked around by rewording, while still preserving order, and in some cases it can&#039;t.  In particular, it&#039;s hard to do so when the description follows a long passage of dialogue, as in [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter6|Volume 1, Chapter 6]] - Haruhi&#039;s monologue.  Even in cases where it can be worked around, it usually sounds awkward to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So my question is: Are there any objections to changing the sentence order in order to reflect the expectations of an English reader?  In particular, are there any places where doing so would change the meaning/impact of the text?  Of course, the second question is largely rhetorical, since nobody &#039;&#039;(except maybe Nagato Yuki)&#039;&#039; could mentally perform the transformation, and immediately post the results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any case, I&#039;m willing to make the changes, but hopefully someone with access to &#039;&#039;(and understanding of)&#039;&#039; the original text can check to see that it doesn&#039;t break anything subtle, like parallelism or who-knows-what.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 21:25, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In that respect the first one, you cited is the one i&#039;ll expect a English speaker would say.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think limited rewording is for the best, but large ones i think we need to consult the translators on it.&lt;br /&gt;
Preserving the &amp;quot;impact&amp;quot; makes more sense for me. After all thats what that part of the story was suppose to communicate to the original Japanese readers, so it would be an insult to not attempt to change the sentence to give the same effect for the English readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 23:43, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First off, let me say that I have tempered my stance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What convinced me, in particular, was your comment that the story was originally meant to &amp;quot;communicate to the original Japanese readers.&amp;quot; And I agree that in no shape or form, should we attempt to hide the fact that this was originally a book written by a Japanese person, for a Japanese audience.  &#039;&#039;(Let&#039;s put aside for the moment that the chapters under discussion came from the Chinese translation.)&#039;&#039; In this light, I&#039;d rather have things sound slightly awkward, rather than have the meaning altered in order to facilitate a smoother English reading.  I believe people can mentally compensate for most aspects of style, as long as the meaning is there.  &#039;&#039;(I enjoyed reading the chapters, even before all the editing took place.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Don&#039;t read any further unless you enjoy semantics and English usage/feel issues.  You have been warned!)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That having been said, I still feel my second example to be slightly more natural sounding -- though I &#039;&#039;am&#039;&#039; starting to see how the other could be taken as natural sounding as well.  I&#039;m curious as to opinions on the following examples.  My own comments are at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1c&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:... let&#039;s begin searching!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:No one else is going to ask?  Fine, I&#039;ll do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;......What are we looking for?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1d&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:... let&#039;s begin searching!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;......What are we looking for?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:-- Since no one else had asked, I&#039;d decided to do it myself.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is also from Volume 1, Chapter 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.2a (original)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Right, let&#039;s now begin the first SOS Brigade meeting!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi, who was standing on the commander&#039;s seat, suddenly shouted. Please stop startling people by suddenly shouting!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.2b&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Right, let&#039;s now begin the first SOS Brigade meeting!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:-- A sudden shout from Haruhi, while standing on the commander&#039;s seat. Please stop startling people by suddenly shouting!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.2c&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi, who was standing on the commander&#039;s seat, suddenly shouted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Right, let&#039;s now begin the first SOS Brigade meeting!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Please stop startling people by suddenly shouting!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is from Volume 1, Chapter 6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.3a (original)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi stood by the railway tracks, sorry, the railway path, and began to talk. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;[Insert Haruhi monologue here]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi said endlessly as though giving a speech in a debate. When she finished she gave an expression of regretting ever saying all that, and looked at the sky in anguish. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.3b&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi stood by the railway tracks, sorry, the railway path, and began to talk. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;[Insert Haruhi monologue here]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi said this without pausing, as though giving a speech in a debate. When she finished she gave an expression of regretting ever saying all that, and looked at the sky in anguish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EX.3c&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi stood by the railway tracks, sorry, the railway path, and began to talk.  She spoke without pausing, as though giving a speech in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;[Insert Haruhi monologue here]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:When she finished she gave an expression of regretting ever saying all that, and looked at the sky in anguish. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;My comments:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1c is how I mentally read EX.1b, and I suspect Onizuka&#039;s reading of EX.1a was closer to EX.1d&#039;s clarification.  I find EX.1c more colloquial than EX.1d, but either is reasonably natural sounding.  If I had to pick an &amp;quot;official&amp;quot; version, I&#039;d go with EX.1d, though I really like the &amp;quot;Kyon commentary&amp;quot; aspect of EX.1c.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.2a doesn&#039;t make sense to me -- unless you want to try reading it in the Harry Potter style. &#039;&#039;(shudder)&#039;&#039;  Even though EX.2c changes the sentence order, it sounds more natural to me than EX.2b, though I find either better than EX.2a in terms of making sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.3a, English grammar issues aside, has odd semantics to me.  The meaning seems to be that Haruhi spoke some words after the explicit dialogue.  However, I don&#039;t believe this to be the case, based on previous patterns in the text.  Perhaps a translator could clarify?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.3b gives an unambiguous interpretation of EX.3a&#039;s meaning. EX.3c has the same meaning as EX.3b, but exchanges the dialogue/description order. I don&#039;t have a preference for either EX.3b, or EX.3c, so I would go with EX.3b, as it preserves order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the way, I believe it&#039;s a testament to the author that I wasn&#039;t particularly bored going over these examples along with the text.  &amp;quot;The Melancholy of Suzumiya Haruhi&amp;quot; has excellent replay value.  Hoping one day to reread it in the original Japanese...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 10:00, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ...I&#039;am temporarily speechless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is some very impressive detail analysis you have there, to be honest I can&#039;t really comment on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best I allow the project Editors/Translators to discuss this with you, as I feel my average English Literature isn&#039;t really up to the task. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goes back to hid in the Web Managment Cubical&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:17, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* I prefer the EX1.d wording to preserve the original expectation you mentioned.  My reason for this is because the style of the Japanese novel retains this separate (dialogue) + (commetary) formatting.  Much work will be involved should we decide to reword all the sentences of our translators (who seem to be following the novel&#039;s formatting).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For Example 3, I prefer the EX3b rewording with &amp;quot;this&amp;quot; because of the long length of Haruhi&#039;s speech.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Overall, I believe retaining the original order of the dialogue and following commentary is the best way since order/expectation is not an issue.  However, the presence of a space between the speech and commentary seems to be unnecessary.  The formatting of the Wiki seems to make the space between separate lines more pronounced than is present in the original Japanese novel.  Therefore, I&#039;m in favor of connecting commentary to the dialogue except in the cases of long speeches such as in EX3. [[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 17:28, 3 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I finally read through all the possible stylistic variations you mentioned above The naming game. Now here&#039;s what I think of the options, which I decided before reading your footnotes to understand your viewpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ll list it in a mathematical order for ease (where the symbol &amp;gt; means greater than what the &amp;quot;pointy end&amp;quot; points at. Basic math.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX1b &amp;gt; EX1c &amp;gt; EX1d &amp;gt; EX1a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initially, after reading those four variations, the first thing that struck me was the lack of distinction between the speakers,  present in both the versions EX1d and EX1a. It isn&#039;t immediately apparent that Kyon raised the question or the reason for it (although normal people would definitely question Haruhi&#039;s actions...).&lt;br /&gt;
I also noted a difference between the two sets of styles, that being EX1b &amp;amp; EX1c vs. EX1d &amp;amp; EX1a. The difference is that EX1b &amp;amp; EX1c suggests that there was a noticeable time lag between Haruhi&#039;s statement and Kyon&#039;s interjection (which makes it seem logical for Kyon to think to himself &amp;quot;Since no one else is asking... etc&amp;quot;). EX1d &amp;amp; EX1a however, suggests a more sudden, if not immediate interjection from Kyon, making it seem less sensible as to what Kyon considers as a time delay for people to react (in this case, to ask Haruhi what they were to do).&lt;br /&gt;
After reading The naming game&#039;s footnotes however, one aspect that makes this novel appealing is the appearance of Kyon&#039;s musings every so often, which often serve as his immediate reaction (before he ever considers speaking or in direct response to a ridiculous statement of some sort). Thus, I conclude that Kyon&#039;s contemplations or &amp;quot;inner speech&amp;quot; that is often directed at the reader should be retained. However, I believe the issue on the time delay that I mentioned should also be addressed if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX2a &amp;gt; EX2b &amp;gt; EX2c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First of all, I like J.K. Rowling&#039;s style of writing, which in fact is the preferred mode of writing here in Britain mind you. In any case, personal preferences aside, again, these three variations can be differentiated into two categories: &lt;br /&gt;
EX2a &amp;amp; EX2b vs. EX2c&lt;br /&gt;
Both EX2a &amp;amp; EX2b deliver Haruhi&#039;s shout to be sudden and has the effect of startling the reader (although it didn&#039;t startle me...). The reason for this is that it does not announce what the character is about to do before the character actually performs the action. Putting this into perspective, imagine we had a film, say Star Wars: The Empire Strikes Back and we were hinted at what Darth Vader was about to say to Luke:&lt;br /&gt;
e.g. Darth Vader paused, with his crimson light-saber ever primed, he prepared himself to deliver five words that would send Luke&#039;s psyche into complete and utter disarray. &amp;quot;Luke. I am your father.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
.....&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, now that I think about it, it doesn&#039;t seem quite that wrong here; in fact I think it worked fairly well... I guess I used a bad example...&lt;br /&gt;
Anyway, the point is that EX2c removes the added element of surprise by specifying that Haruhi stood on her seat and was about to shout whatever words came after the word shout. EX2b is inferior to EX2a by the fact that it appears to be grammatically weaker, or seems less fluid in terms of wording.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX3b &amp;gt; EX3a &amp;gt; EX3c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My opinions on this are similar to The naming game&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
EX3b is a clear and succinct description of what the entire monologue of Haruhi was like. It also helps to further reinforce the reader&#039;s thoughts of what they interpreted of the long passage of Haruhi&#039;s past coming from the notorious Haruhi herself (or at least I believe it would reinforce what the reader would think). By this I mean it reinforces certain thoughts after the reader has read through the monologue and then read the description of how the monologue was delivered.&lt;br /&gt;
EX3a is identical to EX3b except for the use of &amp;quot;spoke endlessly&amp;quot; as opposed to &amp;quot;spoke without ever pausing&amp;quot;. The term &amp;quot;endlessly&amp;quot;, like another point I mentioned above (if not related to all of them), does not specify time. By this I mean and endless speech could be a university lecturer who would speak endlessly in a lecture over a period of an hour, putting everyone to sleep with the voice of a lullaby. In contrast, a university lecturer who spoke without ever pausing would probably hold all of the students’ attention due to the rate of his/her speech (e.g. a hyperactive or eccentric lecturer). Therefore, the usage of &amp;quot;spoke without ever pausing&amp;quot; seems to suit and define the character of Haruhi much better than that of &amp;quot;spoke endlessly&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX3c is less to my liking for the same reason that I disliked EX2c. In general, it is often far more interesting to leave the reader to imagine how an action might be performed before stating the mode by which it was performed or delivered (for this kind of style, it is typically speech). This would give the reader a bit more freedom to engage themselves into the story by conveying words into imagination before reading further to find that it was to their expectation or it wasn&#039;t (bursting their bubble).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, that&#039;s all I have to say on this part for the time being. Hope it helps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 02:12, 5 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overall style and flow of translations. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since there isn&#039;t a pre-existing topic that stands regarding this, I&#039;ve added a new topic I&#039;d like to address. The current form of the translations and edits appear to be really good but there&#039;s one thing that bugs me every so often: sometimes, the language doesn&#039;t really flow too well. I note that this is far less apparent after the editors (and translators) have done their vigorous rounds cleaning up each chapter. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any case, what I hope to address is that the writing style of the novel be maintained. Despite having no access to the original source material, I presume that if these novels were to be classified, they would be classified as young-adult science fiction. Based on that, it would imply that the use of obscure words and terminology (and Tolkien-esque writing) should be limited to enhance the smooth and unhindered amusement that these novels have to offer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, please continue to keep this in mind while translating/editing as you have done so far. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(If you feel I have made a needless point, please feel free to remove this topic.) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 21:01, 6 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense is something we should quickly agree on I think. I point to the small conversation that started on this &lt;br /&gt;
[[Talk:Format_guideline#It_is_as_if_to_her.2C_the_guys_are_pumpkins_or_potato_sacks.2C_and_she_couldn.27t_care_less. | in Ch 1&#039;s discussions]] regarding how I think we ought to first agree on what &#039;the present&#039; is for Kyon&#039;s Narration.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 18:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ahh you mean this one?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Does anybody have any clarification on this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think uniform past tense in the prologue sounds better for sure, but if he&#039;s not revealing foreknowledge in the rest of the chapters, then present tense would seem to be more logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personally I agree, i mean Kyon speak for the present, he doesn&#039;t speak with the knowledge of the future of past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He&#039;s the vocal of the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess with have to check with an a translator to know if he ever does start to speak with hindsight/foresight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 19:07, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are certainly times when he speaks about the future, for example, from Chapter 1: &amp;quot;As I said, at first I felt very irritated, but later on I learned that all those people graduated from East Junior High.&amp;quot;  --[[User:Ryukaiser|Ryukaiser]] 20:24, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yes but that&#039;s an example from chapter 1, which I&#039;ve already suggested as being a &amp;quot;Let me tell you how I got to where I am in this newly formed, I-have-no-idea SOS-dan&amp;quot; backstory session. So Chapter 1 should also be in past tense I think. Chapter 2 onwards (perhaps right from the start of it, thus setting &#039;the present&#039; to just after Haruhi&#039;s Inspiration for a club) should be present tense narration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Of course, if it&#039;s explicitly clear he suddenly adds in a comment from future hindsight, then we do that in past tense. But I think it&#039;s pretty clear when those happen - incidentally do they happen much beyond chapter 1?&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:55, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah, well there you go.&lt;br /&gt;
it gets more complicated already.&lt;br /&gt;
i&#039;ll leave it up to you lot ^^;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 20:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is there anything in the Japanese text that would make the present tense an obvious choice?  If not, it shouldn&#039;t be used.  The present tense is very, very rarely used in professional-level English writing because it is so awkward and difficult to read.  Usually, it&#039;s only used when aiming for a specific style or with some other framing narrative that gives a specific reason for it.  Even then, though, it is normally considered undesirable; every writing course I&#039;ve ever taken has emphasized the fact that the present tense is to be avoided.  An extremely skilled writer can get away with it, but usually when they do so they&#039;ll be using it to &#039;&#039;deliberately&#039;&#039; trip their readers up or make their text seem strange (it&#039;s sometimes employed to that end in magical realism, for instance.)  I doubt that&#039;s the case here.  Anyway, it might be too late to say this, but in English-language fiction the past tense should usually be used unless you have an overwhelming reason to do otherwise; in almost all cases it is going to be clearer and flow more smoothly.  As one of my teachers once said, if you (as an inexperienced writer) are ever uncertain as to what tense you should be using, it is almost absolutely certain that you ought to be using the past tense. --[[User:Aquillion|Aquillion]] 23:31, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, I can&#039;t find any disputes to your point - once I get Immediate Past Tense in my head to distinguish from &amp;quot;Far Backstory Past Tense&amp;quot;, then I see no objection. It usually is easy to feel when the Present Tense is the best choice which is indeed rare. Ok, I&#039;ll wait to see if others have an opinion on this and we&#039;ll change the Format Guideline accordingly - I don&#039;t think it&#039;s too late and besides somebody can always do this Tense stuff for a chapter they haven&#039;t looked at before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Oh btw, Wiki hint: type four ~&#039;s together and it&#039;ll automatically generate a timestamp and your name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:25, 28 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I went back to the Japanese text and found that past tense is used a lot in straightforward event narration.  The thing is that Japanese just has past and non-past.  Translators have to use context to determine whether to use the myriad tenses of English: past perfect, present perfect, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the best rule of thumb would be to use present tense for the lines that are obviously Kyon&#039;s commentary, if you are using the Chinese novels as your material.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 03:35, 28 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== anything to put on the front page? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
just wondering if you lot got any guides you wanna put up yet?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it looks funny with those bits at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
unless this is not necessary, then i&#039;ll remove it. it&#039;s kinda bugging me now :/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:05, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... it seems people are continuing to deal with the chapter-specific stuff in each chapter&#039;s Talk page so the chapter-specific discussions that were cloned above can just be moved back I guess. Regarding overall issues, well discussion seems to have stopped. For now, why not put up the points made in the Dialogue Syntax section? i.e.&lt;br /&gt;
1) no parenthesis for when Kyon&#039;s &amp;quot;inner dialgue leaks out&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
2) the &amp;quot;no-line break for lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d like to also put up the point of setting Kyon&#039;s narration tense with the &#039;Kyon is telling the story in the present from Vol 1 Ch 2 onwards, and before that he was giving backstory&#039; rule of thumb. However, the lack of discussion on this point means we can&#039;t really put it up yet - there are valid alternate rules of thumb (e.g. most things after prologue/backstory-Ch-1 in immediate past tense) and we need to agree on one (even if that is as simple as &#039;whatever the original text uses&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps getting clearing the redundat chapter-specific discussions above would highlight how this has yet to be discussed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 08:59, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ok. well i&#039;ll just put those two points up for now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;ll look better with something to complain about then nothing to look at. like now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:31, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the &amp;quot;Narration Tenses&amp;quot; issue: to be honest, so long as we agree to stick to a consistent Tense processing standard, I&#039;m not really bothered with what we decide on - I tend to naturally focus more on where the English doesn&#039;t seem to flow right and what tense is being used usually doesn&#039;t register as a problem to me. So, if no further discussion happens on this, shall we just say &amp;quot;stick with whatever tenses the original text uses&amp;quot; for preservation purposes and be done with this stagnant subject? I think the translators are naturally preserving the tenses from the original text so asking them to stick with that policy seems good enough to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 09:35, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters with multiple Translators Conflicting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best we start discussing a solution to this, best to nip it in the buds, as this has potential to happen again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One idea I have in the future to have a translator &amp;quot;declare&amp;quot; which chapters they will commence work actively, one only. You cannot, &amp;quot;reserve&amp;quot; a chapter or do one chapter partly only to return to complete another one. Or alternativelr you could all agree together which should do which one, and we will note it down somewhere so that everyone sticks to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be easier for Editors to standardlize the entire chapter, then to have more then one translator working, as experienced in chapter 05 ([http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5#Translation_Issues|Chapter Chapter 05 Translation Issue]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then this will reduce the efficency, as most translators work faster then others, and this could result in random chapters being completed before others. at this moment i have&#039;t thought of a solution. &lt;br /&gt;
but from the top of my head, we could  split the chapters perhaps? and have fall back agreements,meaning that if a chapter is not completyed for whatever reason, the assigned translator for that chapter will know that another agreed translator will take over.&lt;br /&gt;
food for thought.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:08, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For small groups of people, it&#039;s best to keep things simple. Your suggested system may be necessary if we had 6+ active translators or so, but until then we can make do with a much simpler system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a page where translators announce the status of their work - what chapter and roughly how much of it they&#039;ve translated. I&#039;d imagine it would be most natural to work on one chapter at a time, but in case it&#039;s not... well have the translators discuss such points between themselves? Such discussion is easy in a small group like this provided necessary information (the status page) is readily available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 11:11, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mmm...I suppose so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But at this moment , there seems to be an agreement that Kinny will do Volume 01.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the others volumes beyond that, well that is open to debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kinny and Thelastguardian favours a volume to volume approach, while i&#039;am aware of the favouable arguments for it, i still do not believe it will ultilize the translators efficently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
however i do like your idea, it is best to show all transparency,&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best to inform everyone and discuss this matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disptes fears that more then one translator operating one volume will yield lower quality for faster times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a happy medium that i believe we can reach, too many translators perhaps but surely having a few quality translators on one volume with editors to suppport them will more then compensate for the fears of &amp;quot;inconsistent style&amp;quot; after all, isn&#039;t this the point of this page?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 11:20, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Standard English Words? i.e. &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just read the added contribution from kinny on Chapter 05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
noticed you used the word, &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sounds strange, i&#039;ve heard other alternatives such as The &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; seems to imply a planet wide group yet Itsuki mentioned it only consists of 10 known members. when put with that even &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot; seems a bit grand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
perhaps &amp;quot;brotherhood&amp;quot; sounds better?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either way i think its best we agree what words we should use, and also other important ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:21, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &amp;quot;Instrumentality&amp;quot; -- see discussion page for Chapter 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:57, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A couple of other standardising suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) &amp;quot;Literature Club&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Literacy Club&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) &amp;quot;Class 1-5&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Fifth Class&amp;quot; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no other discussion is generated on these two points after 2 days, I&#039;ll put them on the Format page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 16:04, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I completely endorse [[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&#039;s two points. These seem like simple and obvious standard translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 16:13, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 14:25, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got nothing to complain about that.&lt;br /&gt;
So i guess that&#039;s sorted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 14:49, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Japanese terms carried over ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notably &amp;quot;Moe&amp;quot; vs &#039;Turn-On Factor&#039; - this is something most people are familiar with and those who aren&#039;t can be pointed to an easy reference. [[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] made an edit to Ch 2 implementing Moe which I think is perfectly reasonable, but it does bring up the issue of whether we want to completely avoid all mention of Japanese words or we allow ourselves to use ones which are widely known by the general Anime fan population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other issue is to use &amp;quot;-sempai&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-senpai&amp;quot;: I&#039;m going with the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 05:09, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I believe Moe to be fine even with normal readers, because in the very next line it says &amp;quot;turn on factor&amp;quot;, so the explanation is built into the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 17:00, 27 April 2006 (EST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, i have noticed [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] constant activitives, anymore and i might have to put him/her on the new editors list. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m fine with Moe, As i tihnk majority of reads can understand it, but we can&#039;t assume that everyone knows this. Perhaps it&#039;s best to link the word to an explaination. We already began to do this already with certain words, except the linking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the senior issue, well it has been general accepted that the romanji spelling of that word is &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; i have yet to see anyone use &amp;quot;sempai&amp;quot;, not even in fansubs, although i&#039;ve seen it some dictionaries, but those are 10yrs out of date so i guess it doesn&#039;t count. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 05:36, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, most appearances in Ch 2 are in the &amp;quot;Sempai&amp;quot; spelling ^^;;  Well that can be changed - so we&#039;re going to stick with the &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; version then?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 06:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Best to put those points up, while your at it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:55, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, senpai &#039;&#039;is&#039;&#039; the romanization of the word...  [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &#039;&#039;senpai&#039;&#039;, too. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:04, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where&#039;s the &amp;quot;References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&amp;quot; section? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we&#039;ve agreed to link terms and references in some separate Notes/References section, but where should this be? [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1&#039;&#039;&#039;] The Discussion pages of each chapter? If so, we&#039;ll have to clean up those pages - old discussions archived away (or just deleted) while leaving space for current issues to still be debated. GTO, perhaps they should be unified to look something like this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Table of contents&lt;br /&gt;
* References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
* Current translation issues (with optional link to old discussions elsewhere?)&lt;br /&gt;
* (or maybe have Old Discussions stuck as an appendix at the bottom of the chapter&#039;s discussion page?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or would we rather hide casual readers from all our talk, therefore [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2&#039;&#039;&#039;] place Notes/References at the bottom of the main chapter&#039;s text after a horizontal line?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====While i would like to have everything related to be on one page====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But i guess thats not going to happen when people will continue to use the indivual chapters page, while it&#039;ll be great to have everything organised you must admit what you are proposing is going to a signifcant amount of time, if we use [option 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[option 2]&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time i don&#039;t think its right to mess up the chapters with the notes at the bottom. But i do like the idea of linking the words to something us, saves us all the restructuring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mean why don&#039;t we jus link the word when it first appears on the chapter, to the related notes/refs in the talk pages, once only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way if peope don&#039;t understand it, they can click it ,and get cluded in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but once only, it&#039;ll save time from changing all the same words to have the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:17, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh of course I meant we only link them once. My question was: where will that link point to? As in where do we explain what the Reference is? In the chapter&#039;s talk pages (so that people don&#039;t get spoilt of future things as might be the case in an &#039;all references are on this page&#039; situation)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Option 1 really shouldn&#039;t take much time. Ok fine, delay the &amp;quot;sort out discussions into current vs resolved&amp;quot; - how much work is it to create 1 section at the top of each chapter&#039;s talk page? Actually, this&#039;ll be much easier if I show you what I mean won&#039;t it? Ok, give me a few hours to deal with other things first, then I&#039;ll do Ch 2&#039;s talk page in what I mean by Option 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:51, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, Chapter 2&#039;s Talk page has been formated as per Option 1. If you want me to do the other chapters, I&#039;ll have to do them another day as I&#039;ve got approaching deadlines now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 12:18, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve given this matter some thought, and here&#039;s how I&#039;ve tried to resolve it. I&#039;m currently working on vol.2 ch.4, and in the Talk page for that chapter, I&#039;ve set up three main sections: &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Text&#039;&#039;&#039; for the original text of the novel (which is temporary - we&#039;re not producing a Japanese bootleg, here - and only while I&#039;m translating, as a reference); &#039;&#039;&#039;Translation Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; translation notes (that is, my cleaned-up versions of whatever discussion has taken place on each thorny spot, as well as remarks on in-text references); and &#039;&#039;&#039;Comments&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is where the editors, myself, and other visitors to the page can discuss the issues. The Comments section is obviously intended to be messy -- but ideally, when the translation is over, the Translation Notes section will be clean and immediately useable. When the project is complete, we can move the Translation Notes to a separate wikipage, one for each chapter), and maybe include links in the text to the relevant notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How&#039;s that? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:01, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So in the short-term, it means it&#039;ll boil down to &amp;quot;Translation Notes&amp;quot; and then a Discussion section as before. Well, certainly you&#039;ve hammered out details which are plausible and I have no objections. I guess it is more sensible to just leave Discussions/Comments as a mess and leave them like that, instead of wasting time organising them into &amp;quot;present&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;past&amp;quot;. Aye ok, seems we&#039;re going for Option 1 with FON&#039;s details then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 13:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well if you blokes have the time to do it, then i have no objections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 15:24, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chinese vs. Japanese Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think we need to figure out a policy for second-hand translations; not to be rude to Kinny Riddle or anything, the translations are great. It&#039;s just that we need a double-check or at least some way of making sure everything was accurate compared to the actual Japanese novel itself. Maybe not now, maybe sometime later in the future, but it&#039;d at least put to rest these translation nuances. Like a total checkover or something, if people don&#039;t get time to actually do the sort of stuff mentioned on the main page. --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 0:05, 26 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Must it be accurate to the Japanese version? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My point, must it be accurate to the Japanese novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just think that unless its a word that is absolute vital to the plot, then i don&#039;t think slight mistranslation would hinder it much.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then again, i don&#039;t see why we can&#039;t at leased check, if an editor has the time to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not saying we should start correcting whole sentence just to fit the original, but within sensible reason. And not just for the sake of perfection. (which isn&#039;t fun, when it becomes serious.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:21, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we&#039;d discussed over at Animesuki, while it&#039;s nice to be as accurate as possible to the original works, we shouldn&#039;t get too stressed or lose too much time to striving for that perfection. That&#039;s why I&#039;ve put up the disclaimer that some of these translations are based on the Chinese edition - they&#039;re not identical but they convey the story accurately enough (most people don&#039;t care for the trivial details). More Haruhi scripts of decent quality is preferred over few extremely perfect scripts. Deviations by the Chinese Edition that do get spotted in our scripts can be fixed as they are spotted by whoever happens to spot them (hence why Anonymous Edits have now been allowed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 21:33, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh yeah!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
........ (has a memory of a Goldfish)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
er, I remember...Just wanted to inform our non-animesuki contributors over here. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So er, guess that&#039;s sorted then. ^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:53, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm. Event though we agree to accept the slightly lowered standard of not having to stay true to the Japanese version, but accepting the second-hand translation from Chinese as a working standard, anyone who wants to fiddle with bringing the text in line with the Japanese version can still do so, right? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 01:27, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes that&#039;s right. We don&#039;t need to stress ourselves to get our drafts out at &amp;quot;identical in style, vocabulary and atmosphere to the Japanese novels&amp;quot; standard but anyone who wants to upgrade the text from our &amp;quot;acceptable&amp;quot; level to higher is free to tinker around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:24, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correct English terms for &#039;Shinjins&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Locked Space&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is to established the correct english terms to be used in future chapters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two terms to be discussed are &amp;quot;&#039;Shinjins&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Locked Space&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are no alternatives we will leave them as it is, but i would like to hear so alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I feel we should give &#039;Shinjins&amp;quot; an english version, perhaps &amp;quot;behemoth&amp;quot; even &amp;quot;leviathan&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;colossus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for &amp;quot;locked space&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
perhaps, &amp;quot;Locked Dimension&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Closed Dimension&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
please discuss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 07:49, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My general experiance with translating is that &amp;quot;special terms&amp;quot; are often better off untranslated. One good reason why is that later on, the terms may be clarified or expanded upon by the author - in such cases, if an english word or phrase had been used, it may well need changing. Naturally, untranslated terms should always be explained to readers - ie what it means and why it is left untranslated. The word &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; is an existing word, which could be translated as &amp;quot;godlike person&amp;quot; and in the world of Haruhi, I think that is close to the intended meaning. The word doesn&#039;t accurately describe the being, and is pretty vague anyway, so translating it into an english word doesn&#039;t necessarily help. A word like &amp;quot;Titan&amp;quot; implies something large and with a human-like shape but a &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; isn&#039;t a physical creature or even alive - maybe something like &amp;quot;Golem&amp;quot; would more appropriate, but even then it implies something solid and physical while a Shinjin certainly isn&#039;t. In the case of &amp;quot;Heisa Kuukan&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;kuukan&amp;quot; is simply space or dimension in this case, while &amp;quot;heisa&amp;quot; could mean either &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; (as in a factory being closed / shut-down) or &amp;quot;exclusive&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;isolated&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; (as in a &amp;quot;closed system&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;closed society&amp;quot;). I think the second meaning of &amp;quot;heisa&amp;quot; is the intended meaning for &amp;quot;Heisa Kuukan&amp;quot; - ie &amp;quot;Isolated Dimension&amp;quot;. Not translating special terms also saves on long-running arguments as to the &amp;quot;best&amp;quot; translation :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:84.12.192.200|84.12.192.200]] 10:55, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* mm...I kinda like &amp;quot;Isolated Dimension&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It does convey instant communication to what it means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not so sure about the &amp;quot;shinjin&amp;quot; though....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 12:11, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just brainstorming here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;heisa kuukan&#039;&#039; : Sequestered space, disconnected space, dead continuum, dissociated space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;shinjin&#039;&#039; : Titans, Avatars, Colossi, Engrams&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:06, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh hey! &amp;quot;Engrams&amp;quot; sounds cool! It&#039;s somrthing i&#039;ll use to name my personal Mecha! But then again  no one will understand what it&#039;s meant to be, but &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; ...mmm...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Those blue creatures, we call them &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Avatars&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, but, as I&#039;ve told you before, they are greatly related to Suzumiya-san&#039;s mental condition. We&#039;re the same, of course. Once a Locked Space appears, once the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Engrams&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; begin their movement.....&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
actually &amp;quot;Engrams&amp;quot; do sound good, but &amp;quot;Avatars&amp;quot; is just as good. Can&#039;t decide yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the &amp;quot;locked space&amp;quot; i still like &amp;quot;Isolated Dimension&amp;quot; (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit: Actually I gave it some thought, and &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; seems to be the one i like best.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 13:16, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As pseudo-scientific as it is, &amp;quot;engram&amp;quot; is actually the closest thing you come to a term describing what the blue giants&#039;s function is. Of course, it is laden down with baggage from its use in Scientology and NLP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:04, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since we&#039;re already using English translations for some of the other terms, it may be best to continue doing so for all other terms, in the interest of uniformity.  SOS Brigade instead of SOS-Dan, or Information Entity.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d go for Avatar for Shinjin, since those blue giants are manifestations of Haruhi&#039;s subconscious.  If we want to go for (pseudo) scientific, why not take a leaf from Freud&#039;s book and call them Avatars of Id, Id being the part of us that operates solely on the basis of utility, not caring what other people think.  Come to think of it, Haruhi is almost all Id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for &amp;quot;Locked Space&amp;quot;, something about that wording just makes me fidget.  The kanji for heisa mean &amp;quot;Closed and Locked&amp;quot;, so I&#039;d like a term that adequately conveys both meanings, as well as being suitably poetic or descriptive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 07:56, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
well, lets get this straight, are we going down the pseudo-scientific names or the descriptive non pseudo-scientific names? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personally, I don&#039;t mind either, but it might be easier for us to decide on these matters if we decided which path to go before hand that will best suit the atmosphere of the novel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 08:40, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i believe we should use &amp;quot;sealed dimension&amp;quot; if it&#039;s decided that the group will use their own translation, as stated earlier, that the author might go more into it, though if anyone read all the novels out, they might be able to help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do i need to post my uder here too?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User: asukira|asukira]] 09:02, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Urk... anything but Engrams...  why not just pop for &amp;quot;thetans&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;xenu&amp;quot; if you&#039;re gonna use that. I&#039;ve got an idea... you could use &amp;quot;Engram&amp;quot; if you also use &amp;quot;Closet&amp;quot; for the locked space.  Like &amp;quot;Tom Cruise has a huge engram trapped in his closet.&amp;quot;  (My apologies to scientologists... or not).  Anyway, to suddenly become serious, I&#039;ve always like idea of &amp;quot;pocket dimension&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;hammerspace&amp;quot;... so if you apply similar ideas to the fact that this is Haruhi&#039;s moods that dictate these things - how about &amp;quot;mood space&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;doom space&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spontaneous dissociative personality disorder dimension&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ps: is &amp;quot;Kyon&amp;quot; Japanese for &amp;quot;LRon&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User: chumsize|chumsize]] 15:37, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*** LOLOLROFL!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some very creative &amp;amp; amusing alternatives, but let us not stray from the critical points here, and decide on an answer first to therfore know which types we should consider.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So I will ask the question again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;are we going down the pseudo-scientific names or the descriptive non pseudo-scientific names?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which will it be? Which suit the novel best? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we agree it should have a more pseudo scientific  theme, then &amp;quot;Engram&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Avatar of Id&amp;quot; or even the creative &amp;quot;thetan&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Xenu&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Combine&amp;quot; would fit the bill, but if we are simply going for a more descriptive English alternatives, &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; , &amp;quot;Clossi&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;titan&amp;quot; it should be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By deciding on one of these paths,it will allow us to easily narrow down the choices for us the pick the most suitable.&lt;br /&gt;
(^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My personal choice on this matter after some thought suggest to me that a more pseudo-scientific term seems to be the most fitting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
everyone please consider this question, and tell me what&#039;s your choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
P.S: No Chumsize, I do not believe &amp;quot;kyon&amp;quot; is Japanese for &amp;quot;LRon&amp;quot;, as so much as &amp;quot;Dick&amp;quot; (which stands for &amp;quot;Richard&amp;quot;) is English for &amp;quot;Rin&amp;quot; (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 16:01, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I may not be an expert on what sounds good when translating Japanese to English, but my personal preference lies with just Shinjin. Although, I&#039;ve never really been a big fan of Americanizing terms myself, but I don&#039;t see the point in trying to think of a unique term when there&#039;s already something fairly unique-sounding right in front of me... In any case, don&#039;t know about everyone else, but I&#039;ve already grown quite fond of calling it just that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-UltimaLuminaire 16:41, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We have already given unique Japanese terms the English equivalent, so unless there is a good reason for this to be an exception, it seems logical to keep this consistence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If people think it&#039;s fine as it is, let us hear your view, if the majority think it is fine them it will stay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But if it does, then we will have to put some notes just to inform the readers what this term means, or something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 16:58, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d normally keep certain Japanese words &amp;quot;as is&amp;quot; in the translations simply due to words that can&#039;t be concisely tranlated in to another language, which is English in this case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That being said, may I ask what is the actual kanji that is used for both &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Heisa kuukan&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
The suggestions for Shinjin so far seem to be fair translations of what it is, considering it&#039;s a giant humanoid of unknown constitution. The term Avatar does appear to suit &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; best though, according to apropriated translation above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Locked space or closed space seem a little ambiguous as translations though, even if they may be direct translations of the original characters used. It appears to be more like an alternate or parallel reality, where some things exist and are identical to the &amp;quot;normal reality&amp;quot; and the rest are absent (that being presence of constructs and general lack of living organisms). To add the notion of the seperate &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; being inaccessible to all but a tiny few, I suppose one could try to define it as a restricted/confined reality. I don&#039;t really think &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;dimension&amp;quot; are as good a translation as &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot;, since the term reality in itself, implies what could happen if the restricted/confined reality was no longer as such.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User: Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 01:24, 3 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I personally won&#039;t mind the use of romanji or kanji-terms, they sound and look cooler anyways, and we all know what they mean.  However, you guys might have to add footnotes saying how one should describe those terms, IF you are going to stay with the original translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, i still support the use of &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Sealed dimension&amp;quot;, just because they sound better and fit better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User: asukira|asukira]] 05:31, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Unfortunately I do not know what the kanji are for &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Heisa kuukan&amp;quot; but hopefully a Translator might provide you the characters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the mean time lets summaries the status of this topic:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two users who are supporting the current use of the Romanji&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For alternative English translation for &amp;quot;shinjin&amp;quot; the term &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; has several users who find this to be favourable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an alternative English translaton for &amp;quot;Heisa kuukan&amp;quot; there seems to be consensus that it should be changed, but no clear choice has yet to gain substantial favour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Contributors who have yet to expressive your views, please join in, to help resolve this debate.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
(^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 17:50, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shinjin - 神人&lt;br /&gt;
Heisa kuukan - 閉鎖空間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
...here you go&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User: asukira|asukira]] 18:11, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d vote for Titan.  They were human-gods and they were huge.  Avatar has nothing to do with Shinjin and is basically making something else up to describe it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Crazylegs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My vote... actual vote...  no jokes...&lt;br /&gt;
shinjin = &amp;quot;demigod&amp;quot;   -  the english meaning of this word can mean &amp;quot;not quite man, not quite god&amp;quot;... seems viable&lt;br /&gt;
Heisakuukan = &amp;quot;dissociated space&amp;quot;   - I like the reading of heisa as &amp;quot;unsociable&amp;quot;... and this conveys it...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User: chumsize|chumsize]] 21:38, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I also like the word &amp;quot;avatar&amp;quot; a lot, for the reasons others have already described.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for &amp;quot;heisa kuukan&amp;quot;, I agree with Da~Mike&#039;s notion that the word &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;dimension&amp;quot; is insufficient as a translation. If we&#039;re already going with descriptive names, I too would prefer the term &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;dimension&amp;quot;. It invokes the connotation that &amp;quot;heisa kuukan&amp;quot; is akin to a parallel plane of existence altogether. The term &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot;, in this case, is much more descriptive than &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;dimension&amp;quot; (not to mention that this usage of the word &amp;quot;dimension&amp;quot; is itself erroneous).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the qualifier, I think &amp;quot;sealed&amp;quot; works really well (i.e. Sealed space, Sealed reality) -- it doesn&#039;t sound as awkward as &amp;quot;locked space&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;closed space&amp;quot;, IMHO, and it accurately describes the properties of &amp;quot;heisa kuukan&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, to sum it up, votes for &amp;quot;avatar&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;sealed reality&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Synecdoche|Synecdoche]] 21:53, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the person that said Avatar doesn&#039;t fit, that is not true. Look up the term Avatar at dictionary.com. It has many connotations that parallel the Shinjin. For one, the term Avatar is used to describe an entity that has manifested due to a source. Anyone who has knowledge of Dungeons and Dragons (ergo: Forgotten Realms) or any other fantasies thereof would understand this term and the uses it has (ie: an Avatar of a God or Goddess *wink wink*). However, that&#039;s one of the setbacks to such a term. It&#039;s more widely used than many would think, and holds a sort of redundance if it was used (and I don&#039;t know about you, but I&#039;d prefer to have Suzumiya Haruhi stay low on the redundant side, which the translators and editors so far have done admirably). All the choices up till now have reflected well with the style of the anime, and I&#039;m very biased towards afk&#039;s translations, so keep that in mind if you&#039;re reading this. ;) &lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s really up to you to see if Avatar really fits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for Heisa Kuukan, all I can say is that after reading it as Sealed Dimension, it&#039;s hard to go back, but I&#039;m also pretty open to Locked Dimension. They both sound fairly suave to me. I do not understand why the term Dimension is so erroneous here since it&#039;s connotations seem to be similar in fiction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
UltimaLuminaire 23:00, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: (Re: UltimaLuminaire) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: The word &amp;quot;dimension&amp;quot; formally refers to any sort of a spatial extent: depth, height, width, height, for example. The concept is also very precisely and formally defined in the fields of mathematics and physics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: Contemporary science fiction authors misuse the word to mean alternate or parallel universes and such (i.e. He travelled to another dimension.) -- and that just irks me. Although I guess you can argue that since this usage of the term has become so commonplace, it can no longer be considered erroneous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: I guess I&#039;m just being a prescriptivist prick. =P&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:: [[User:Synecdoche|Synecdoche]] 22:34, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mmmm...&amp;quot;sealed reality&amp;quot; doesn&#039;t seem to roll off the tongue as readily as &amp;quot;sealed dimension&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Sealed space&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
How about a compromise? &amp;quot;dissociated Reality&amp;quot; sounds pretty good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Has the right amount of big words. (^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for &amp;quot;shinjin&amp;quot; it seems that &amp;quot;avatar&amp;quot; is more or less certain, unless there is more objections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 05:17, 3 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was surprised at the amount of discussion this issue has caused, even though I really shouldn&#039;t be, as I&#039;ve known about the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_of_the_bikeshed bike shed] principle for awhile.  This is the first time I&#039;ve seen it on a scale like this though, as I&#039;ve never participated in a distributed project before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;My own thoughts on what makes a good name:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Can say less than the term means, but should never say more.&lt;br /&gt;
#*You will be hearing the term so many times, that the meaning-associations will be set up, regardless, and you won&#039;t need whatever mnemonic it is that you wanted to build into the name.  If you accidentally added extra meaning to your term, you&#039;d be stuck having to mentally negate that meaning every time you read it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doesn&#039;t have any extra baggage.  In other words, it doesn&#039;t bring to mind any images that you don&#039;t want associated with your term.&lt;br /&gt;
#*Think of all the extra baggage that comes with terms like, say ... &amp;quot;Demon&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Demigod&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Titan&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Troll&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Behemoth&amp;quot; -- They all say something of what the Shinjin are, but at the same time, they add meanings and connotations that simply aren&#039;t there in the story. It&#039;s very counterproductive to add erroneous meanings, only to have to work to undo them afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doesn&#039;t have any extra baggage.  Especially extra emotional baggage.&lt;br /&gt;
#*What if &amp;quot;Neon Genesis Evangelion&amp;quot; were released now, and the &amp;quot;Angels&amp;quot; were called &amp;quot;Terrorists&amp;quot; instead?  The use of &amp;quot;Angels&amp;quot; carried plenty of emotional baggage, but it was baggage that was intended.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doesn&#039;t have any extra baggage.  Including any unintended connotations as to the nature of the namer.&lt;br /&gt;
#*That&#039;s why I&#039;m against any strong pseudo-science namings.  A name like that gives the impression that we know more than we do. Again, that extra information in a nice sounding name is just extra baggage -- especially if something later in the story directly contradicts what&#039;s in the name.&lt;br /&gt;
#*On the other hand, since it is a group of paranormals who did the naming, it&#039;s perfectly reasonable to have a paranormal bent to the naming.&lt;br /&gt;
# Doesn&#039;t have any extra baggage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;That being said,&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:I&#039;m perfectly content with&lt;br /&gt;
::*either &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Godlike entity&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;(its generic English counterpart)&#039;&#039; for the glowing giants,&lt;br /&gt;
:and&lt;br /&gt;
::*any one of &amp;quot;Locked/Sealed Space&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Locked/Closed/Sealed/Isolated Dimension&amp;quot;, or even the romaji &amp;quot;Heisa kuukan.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;With respect to &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot;:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:*I feel that it adds images not present in the original term -- as per my #2 point.  The emphasis is on the fact that it&#039;s a manifestation of Haruhi&#039;s frustration.  The original naming emphasizes its capabilities, e.g. &amp;quot;godlike being.&amp;quot; -- and this is the aspect people with paranormal capabilities would be more interested in, I believe.&lt;br /&gt;
:*The first thing I think of when I think of the Shinjin &#039;&#039;(not the name, the thing)&#039;&#039; is &amp;quot;Holy hotcakes!  Big glowing things!  And they might destroy the world if they&#039;re not stopped!&amp;quot;  Their power, in other words.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Conclusion: Medium spicy objection. Not my favorite, but not the worst suggestion of this discussion.  Please add a translator note, no matter what term you choose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;With respect to &amp;quot;dissassociated reality&amp;quot;:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:*This immediately brings to mind the psychological concept, &amp;quot;disassociated from reality.&amp;quot; And that &#039;&#039;definitely&#039;&#039; has a lot of extra baggage to deal with, semantic, emotional, usage-wise -- the works.&lt;br /&gt;
:*Conclusion: Strong objection. Please use one of the more generic sounding terms. Again, at the very least, please add a translator note, no matter what.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whew.  In closing, let me say that participating in this bikeshed discussion was rather fun.  I guess that&#039;s why they&#039;re so popular!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 09:24, 3 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many thanks for the kanji asukira.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Okay, I did quite a bit of looking up regarding both &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Heisa kuukan&amp;quot; and I decided to break them down in to their constituent characters to try and understand how the term originated. Mind you, there&#039;s quite alot of mess associated with each character:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
shinjin - 神人 Heisa kuukan - 閉鎖空間&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
神 = shin = myth, religion, mystery, God, nerves(??)&lt;br /&gt;
人 = jin = person, people&lt;br /&gt;
神人 = shinjin = God person&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
閉 = hei = closing, going out of business&lt;br /&gt;
鎖 = sa = chain&lt;br /&gt;
閉鎖 = heisa = closing/closed down&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
空 = kuu = sky, air&lt;br /&gt;
間 = kan = between, indirect, interval (time or space)&lt;br /&gt;
空間 = kuukan = space, room&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we analyse the kanji and what they all refer to above, it seems quite shockingly apparent that the word &amp;quot;avatar&amp;quot; suits &amp;quot;shinjin&amp;quot; perfectly in almost every respect (except nerves of course...). The word &amp;quot;avatar&amp;quot; definitely seems to connotate the idea of an unknown, yet supernaturally powerful being in the image of a person.&lt;br /&gt;
Moving away from whatever religious grounds I may be transgressing on to, from what I&#039;ve read about the nature of the &amp;quot;shinjin&amp;quot; (from the translations provided), in my opinion, the word avatar appears to define &amp;quot;shinjin&amp;quot; aptly.&lt;br /&gt;
(I had a feeling that if the word avatar popped up, someone would mention D&amp;amp;D. Although I must say that to anyone familiar to the Forgotten Realms/D&amp;amp;D/Ultima series, the term might seem a bit... out of place?... Being a fan of those books myself, I still support the usage of avatar as the translation.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Heisa&amp;quot; appears to be pretty straighforward here. Although commonly associated with the closing/liquidation of a business, the kanji &amp;quot;sa&amp;quot; is related to a chain, thus the interpretation of locked or sealed is less ambiguous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Kuukan&amp;quot; is as bad as I had imagined it to be. The terms of sky or space or room seems rather vague and a bit cliché. I still believe that the word &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot; better defines what it is described to be. However, I do understand the general sentiment that the word &amp;quot;sealed dimension&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;locked space&amp;quot; has a suave sound to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I did look up for as many possible synonyms for sealed and locked that could sound catchy.&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the list of options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* sealed&lt;br /&gt;
* bound&lt;br /&gt;
* locked&lt;br /&gt;
* confined&lt;br /&gt;
* restricted&lt;br /&gt;
* limited (very ambiguous term)&lt;br /&gt;
* finite = limited = bound = least ambiguous&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As unambiguous as finite appeared to be, I expect there to plenty of conceptual problems with using that term, the primary being; if there is a finite reality, is there an infinte reality?&lt;br /&gt;
That would be a headache... (same problem with limited)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a comparison check, let&#039;s use this sentence from chapter 6:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Sealed Realities / Bound Realities / Locked Realities / Confined Realities / Restricted Realities / Limited Realities / Finite Realities occur randomly. Sometimes it appears once every other day, and sometimes it appears once every several months. Yet, one thing&#039;s for sure...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on this, I&#039;d say either Confined Reality or Restricted Reality seems to work. (Not dissociated reality... I whole-heartedly agree with The naming game on that point.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User: Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 17:31, 3 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I was thinking about this unconsciously, in the recesses of my mind (I do this a lot, when there&#039;s something bugging me), and something occurred to me. So far as I can gather, what is happening with the &#039;&#039;heisa kuukan&#039;&#039; is that a part of normal spacetime is being cut off from the rest and isolated. So... with that in mind, why not &#039;&#039;&#039;sequestered topology&#039;&#039;&#039;? Granted, it&#039;s science-fictiony, but it somehow sounds like the kind of self-important term that Koizumi might use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the topic of the &#039;&#039;shinjin&#039;&#039;.... the phrase &amp;quot;Avatars of the Id&amp;quot; got me thinking about the &#039;&#039;Monsters of the Id&#039;&#039; phrase from the classic SF film &#039;&#039;&#039;Forbidden Planet&#039;&#039;&#039;. In a way, the Suzumiya stories tap into a lot of the old archetypical SF memes -- what we really need now, to complete the set, is a mad scientist!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 15:41, 3 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My first impression of &amp;quot;sequestered topology&amp;quot; was: &amp;quot;Wow. What an exotic phrase! It&#039;s catchy too!... but what does it mean???&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
In that respect, I must say it really does enchance the understanding of how dumbfounded Kyon was when Koizumi started telling his story. However, as lovely as it sounds, we must question two primary things:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Its relevance to the context&lt;br /&gt;
* To keep translations as accurate and faithful interpretation with respect to the source material&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Without adhering to the latter of the two, it would become more of an adaptation rather than a translation and as far as I know, most adaptations have a habit of changing parts of a story completely. I don&#039;t think any of us want to do that so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To examine the relevance of &amp;quot;sequestered topology&amp;quot;, let&#039;s break it down into its seperate words then. (Definitions copied and paster. Courtesy of Dictionary.com)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sequestered = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# To cause to withdraw into seclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
# To remove or set apart; segregate. See Synonyms at isolate.&lt;br /&gt;
# Law.&lt;br /&gt;
## To take temporary possession of (property) as security against legal claims.&lt;br /&gt;
## To requisition and confiscate (enemy property).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Topology = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Topographic study of a given place, especially the history of a region as indicated by its topography.&lt;br /&gt;
# Medicine. The anatomical structure of a specific area or part of the body.&lt;br /&gt;
# Mathematics. The study of the properties of geometric figures or solids that are not changed by homeomorphisms, such as stretching or bending. Donuts and picture frames are topologically equivalent, for example.&lt;br /&gt;
# Computer Science. The arrangement in which the nodes of a LAN are connected to each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First off, &amp;quot;topology&amp;quot; seems to be too vague, especially if it means a study of a place rather than being a place. Topography would be a better substitute for topology but it also pertains a greater proportion of ambiguity than either space or dimension, let alone reality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sequestered originally seemed to be a good match until I noticed that it&#039;s also synonomous with isolated. The naming game already pointed out his distaste for that word in conjunction with reality so I guess not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nice suggestion though. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 00:24, 4 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== 4th May End of Topic Deadline for &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Heisa Kuukan&amp;quot; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
I was surprised at the amount of discussion this issue has caused, even though I really shouldn&#039;t be...In closing, let me say that participating in this bikeshed discussion was rather fun.  I guess that&#039;s why they&#039;re so popular!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why Thank you, It&#039;s my speciality. (^-^)/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So from what comments i&#039;ve read so far, I think we are getting to the end of this discussion, so i would like to place a deadline on this topic, which will be as stated above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the reasons these discussions are so fun in my opinion, is for them to not drag on for too long. (^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, lets lets summarise the current status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No pseudo-scientific names, so there are no real objections to &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; but further refinements are need in the form of notes, to make sepecial mention of &amp;quot;godlike being&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for &amp;quot;Heisa Kuukan&amp;quot; I have the general feeling that there are no real objection to using the second word of the term &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot;, as it accurately describles the phenomenon, use of &amp;quot;confined&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;restricted&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Limited&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;sealed&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;locked&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;finite&amp;quot; is better then &amp;quot;dissociated&amp;quot;, and additional notes should be appended regardlessly of what terms are chosen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personally, if i was to choose one of those terms i do like &amp;quot;confined Reality&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But I can settle for &amp;quot;sealed Reality&amp;quot; as a compromise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I can currently count in this discussion support for both terms, which at the moment would result in a deadlock. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is no clear choice, by the end of the deadline i will make a decision, So I appeal to other users who have yet to decide to add your own comments, to list your support or objections, before its too late.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 11:48, 3 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;A few quick notes on &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
: before this deadline thing rolls around. &#039;&#039;(I keep getting sucked into this discussion...)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Consider:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;quot;Compared to mine, yours is a confined/restricted/limited reality.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;quot;You live in a confined/restricted/limited reality.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:* &amp;quot;You&#039;re out of touch with reality.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:There are negative associations that aren&#039;t there if we substitute a more generic word like &amp;quot;space&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;dimension.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;If we &#039;&#039;do&#039;&#039; end up using &amp;quot;reality&amp;quot;,&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;(and it looks like we&#039;re going to)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* I&#039;d favor one of the less familiar sounding compounds like &amp;quot;bound/sealed/locked reality&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:* Also, the image of the Shinjin trying to break out of the &amp;quot;bound/sealed/locked space/dimension/reality&amp;quot; fits nicely, since that&#039;s essentially what it&#039;s trying to do.&lt;br /&gt;
:**Now that I think of it, &amp;quot;confined&amp;quot; isn&#039;t all that bad of a choice, in this light.&lt;br /&gt;
:** &amp;quot;Breaking out of a limited/finite reality&amp;quot; makes the Shinjin sound like a struggling philosopher.&lt;br /&gt;
:** &amp;quot;Breaking out of an isolated reality&amp;quot; makes it sound like a mental patient.&lt;br /&gt;
:** &amp;quot;Breaking out of a lonely reality&amp;quot; makes it sound emo.  &#039;&#039;(Someone stop me before I rewrite all the chapters in a self-absorbed, whiny style!)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:* Conclusion: I&#039;m fine with any terms that don&#039;t have unintended emotional/metaphysical implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;By the way, if the natives here are still restless for something else to discuss,&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:please stop by the talk pages [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1| for Vol 1 Ch 1]], and [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3| for Vol 1 Ch 3]], or [[Talk:Format_guideline#Sentence_order_of_interleaved_dialogue_and_description.| here on this page]] to give some input on the issues I asked about there.  &#039;&#039;(Bikesheds galore!)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:One more thing. ...Just realized that my chosen username is scarily appropriate, considering the current discussion topic. Ok. I&#039;m really done this time.  &#039;&#039;(I can quit anytime...)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 13:35, 3 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmmm... Interesting point you raised there on the possible negative implications of using reality The naming game. That aspect honestly never crossed my mind though, now that you mention it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I honestly don&#039;t think that people would think that way regarding that particular term (e.g. &amp;quot;confined reality&amp;quot;) since the story goes on to explain the nature and context of a &amp;quot;confined reality&amp;quot; used for the story, and not it being a form of derisive language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let&#039;s see what everyone else has to say about this though. If people aren&#039;t happy with the final decision, they can still go ahead and save a copy of the file for themselves and edit away to their heart&#039;s desire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I browsed through the other sections briefly and I&#039;ll look at them in more detail tomorrow. Preferably after I get tomorrow&#039;s exam out of the way... ^^;;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 22:05, 3 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ll give this until 2300 (UTC) so user you still got some time left to add your own comments, on this matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 02:20, 4 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would think most people who come here who have at least a certain knowledge of japanese, and even if they don&#039;t, i&#039;m quite sure if we put the kanji in a footnote, they&#039;ll find out what it means in translators, or we can provide the information. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way we can prevent any unseen explanation the author might give to these terms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, I can see that most of us prefer to use a term that is easier to understand on plain sight. If that&#039;s the case, then I am supporting the decisions of the editors, because I find alot of them fitting to use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:199.88.96.65|199.88.96.65]] 08:30, 4 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Right. It seems like it been sorted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ll be putting up the terms now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which are &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Sealed Reality&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes will be need/or further clarification for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thanks for all your input, this bikeshed topic is now officially closed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
\(^^)/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 14:25, 4 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Markup: CAPITALS, &#039;&#039;italics&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;bold&#039;&#039;&#039;, oh my! ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of the translation seems to have been done using plain text so far, with a few instances of capitals when somebody is yelling (e.g. &amp;quot;THAT&#039;S WHY I AM WORKING SO HARD!!&amp;quot; in v01c01, &amp;quot;KYAA!!!&amp;quot; in v01c03, though notably it&#039;s instead &amp;quot;Kyaaa!!!&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Kyaaa~~!!&amp;quot; in c02).  However, I just was reading over the Volume 1 prologue and noticed that someone has used italics to emphisize some of Kyon&#039;s commentary.  The italics are pretty appropriate as they are used in the prologue, but they bring up an issue of consistancy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Are we going to use HTML (or rather Wiki) markup to make the text look nice?  How about capitalized text?  What are the style conventions we should use for each of those?  Perhaps most importantly, what if any font or text styling changes are used in the original Japanese text to show emphasis?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:BlckKnght|BlckKnght]] 02:46, 4 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hm..that&#039;s probably inconsistency from editors, as i think Kinnyriddle did all the raw translations. for volume 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I would leave it to their explanation, cause I have NO idea if it&#039;s better or not...sorry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:199.88.96.65|199.88.96.65]] 08:34, 4 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Italics to indicate Kyon&#039;s &amp;quot;inner speech&amp;quot; would be a good idea I think.&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve watched a few episodes of the Haruhi anime and the fansubbing group a.f.k. helped distinguished the difference between Kyon&#039;s thoughts and his words. However, unlike the anime, since the novel is generally void of pictures, using italics or bold characters to indicate that Kyon is in fact musing would be incredibly useful. I would suggest italics as using bold font tends to indicate the importance of the text that is marked as bold, such as the &#039;&#039;&#039;DO NOT SUBMIT COPYRIGHTED WORK WITHOUT PERMISSION!&#039;&#039;&#039; in the edit screen that I&#039;m currently typing in. Capitals in essence, have the same effect but tends to connotate passion, by which I mean a strong emotion when stressing a point or issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, I think capitals would suit situations where the characters are in dismay such as: &amp;quot;KYAA!!!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The original translation (or so I would think) of &amp;quot;Kyaaa~~!!&amp;quot; is something to do with the Japanese language of associating the symbol &amp;quot;~&amp;quot; as a means to drag the sound of a word out. So if something wanted to say &amp;quot;Bye&amp;quot; but drag it, the typical English method of doing this would be to type repeated letters such as: &amp;quot;Byyeeeee&amp;quot; whereas in Japanese, it would tend to be written as &amp;quot;Bye~~&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion: use of italics, bold and capital font as would be very helpful and may enhance reading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 02:35, 5 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hm..that&#039;s probably inconsistency from editors, as i think Kinnyriddle did all the raw translations. for volume 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yup yup. that was before we had the format guidelines.&lt;br /&gt;
oh well, we bringing the early chapters up to standard so its getting there. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 18:45, 4 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:I take it &#039;use &amp;quot;Bye~~&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;Byyeeeeee&amp;quot; for dragged sounds&#039; will be our standard here? Or the other way round?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hopefully the italising of Kyon&#039;s inner commentaries (that don&#039;t leak out) won&#039;t be too hard. Actually, which way do we treat those commentaries that do leak out but don&#039;t have explicit speech marks surrounding them? Yeah, I&#039;m happy for the (&#039;&#039;conservative&#039;&#039; use of) Markups, but uncertain on italising Kyon&#039;s commentaries - I think it&#039;s fine leaving that in plain text and let the reader figure out what&#039;s what.&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:08, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposal to revised the number of Translators per volume ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hello, there are more Translators now, and it seems to me that we should revise how many translators can work on any one volume,&lt;br /&gt;
So I think we should revised this guideline and allow  three Translators to work on a volume,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We have more then enought active Editors, who are very efficient so any doubts about inconsistancies are minimal in my opinion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
comments please.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 07:05, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mmm, worth a try I&#039;d say. Now that we have better tracking of who translates what and a functional &amp;quot;Editors discuss matters to come to standardised decisions&amp;quot; atmosphere in place, worth testing it out. Though I&#039;d still be wary - the more people on the project, the greater the administrative and organisational prowess needed (and coming up with large-scale procedures that don&#039;t bog down into uber legalese etc is hard).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:02, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A simple phrase might describe the potential result of recruiting more translators (even editors I&#039;d imagine): &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Three&#039;s company but four&#039;s a crowd.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What I mean by this is that having too many people might increase the number of debates due to conflicting opinions regarding translations of the original text. The translators have far greater &amp;quot;power&amp;quot; in terms of the decision making of how the original Japanese text should be interpreted, much like how many people can look at the same picture in an art gallery and interpret its meaning in multitudes of ways. Editors on the other hand, can&#039;t do such a thing as their source material tends to be the result of the translators&#039; work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Basically, I completely agree with Psieye. ^_~ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as the translators can reach agreements on their styles of interpretation, then having more translators should be highly beneficial to this project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 18:12, 6 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another thing I&#039;d like to note is that, some of the volumes have chapters which chain together (for example, volume 1). On the other hand, other volumes (such as volume 8) have standalone chapters which are meant to be read on their own. Correct me on this one if I&#039;m wrong, but if this is the case then volumes like say, volume 3, could have as many as 5 or 6 translators all working at the same time. And since the chapters are all not connected together (theoretically?), this would make it easier on translators to some extent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Of course, Kyon&#039;s infamous narrative style does need to be properly shared by all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 22:08, 6 May 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes you are correct, Volume 03 chapters are individual stories. It has already been decided that on volume 03, that all the translators are allowed to register one chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides 03, 05 (is undecided yet. possibility is allow one translator to a &amp;quot;pair&amp;quot;. Prologue &amp;amp; a corrosponding chapter), 06 &amp;amp; 08, the other chapters in the remaining volumes are more or less connected, and what i&#039;am proposing is allowing more then two translators per volume, This means while the maximum of half a volume for any one translator, the volume will effectively split into three sections. So for example, 8 chapters are in one volume, one translator can register  four of them, while two other translators can still register for two each. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 20:00, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SOS-Dan&#039;s full name ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve seen Sekai wo Ooini moriagerutame no Suzumiya Haruhi no Dan translated several ways in the first and second novels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Book 1 Ch. 2 - The Suzumiya Haruhi Brigade to Bring More Excitement to the World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Book 1 Epilogue - Suzumiya Haruhi Brigade to Make the World More Exciting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Book 2 Prologue - Save our world by Overloading it with fun Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s Brigade&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which, if any, are we going to use for a standard translation.  As the name of the club the story revolves around, I think we should stick to one translation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:SlashZero|SlashZero]] 16:34, 7 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah, that&#039;s a good point, i agree we should decide on a standardlized term.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Personally I do like:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save our world by Overloading it with fun Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s Brigade&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It seems to me the best one, plus it fits the &amp;quot;SOS&amp;quot; bit&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 16:51, 7 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Hmm, that is the one I like least, as the &amp;quot;Suzumiya Hiruhi&#039;s Brigade&amp;quot; part is just tacked on the end and it doesn&#039;t flow at all well.  I really do not think we should contort the translation just to get something with the letters S, O and S.  An anonymous contributor changed it in a few places to that version a couple days ago and I reverted the changes (making the usage in Volume 3 consistant with v01c02 while I was at it).  I think the way I laid out the naming section in v01c02 should demonstrate how the &amp;quot;SOS&amp;quot; abbreviation came from.  If it seems necessary, we could repeat that in each of the other novels wherever the club name first gets explained or even put it in a translator&#039;s note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:As for the other two, I do not have a very strong opinion.  Perhaps a translator could weigh in on how they think the correct meaning can best be stated?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:I&#039;ll go remove the version of this question I put on [[Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume1 Chapter2]], or rather, replace it with a link here.  This really is a project-wide issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:BlckKnght|BlckKnght]] 18:41, 7 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite it being &amp;quot;tacked on&amp;quot; as you mentioned Blckknght, I have to say that I am in favour of the current translation that Onizuka-gto suggested (i.e. &#039;&#039;Save our world by Overloading it with fun Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s Brigade&#039;&#039;). This is probably mainly due to the fact that the translated version still fits the original acronym used in the novel. Moreover, based on my limited knowledge of Japanese, the current translation actually mirrors how odd the original sentence (that represents the acronym) sounds like. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A literal translation without considering the Japanese grammar would be: &#039;&#039;Group of enjoying the Suzumiya Haruhi in order to uplift the world greatly&#039;&#039;. Considering the obvious difference between English and Japanese, it would sound more like this: &#039;&#039;Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s brigade of enjoying in order to uplift the world greatly&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Based on that fact, I would think that the current translation best suits how silly the original name is for more reasons than the very meaning of the sentence (i.e. the odd sentence, words used and that it could be made into an acronym).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I very much think that we should stick with the current translation of but perhaps modify it slightly to make it seem a little more coherent. Here&#039;s my suggestion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Save our world by Overloading it with fun&#039;&#039;:&#039;&#039; Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s Brigade&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hope that helps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh and if you want to check, here&#039;s the original kanji (or so I think): 世界を大いに盛り上げるための涼みやハルヒの団&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 21:28, 8 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Navigation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No one&#039;s really discussed this, so I&#039;ve added a navigation bar of sorts to the bottom of all completed chapters/entries/etc. Note that I had to use hardcoded values since for some reason the [http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/skins/monobook/main.css main.css] does not include &amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;prettytable&amp;quot; as a class, let alone have the values required for it. Values in question can be found [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Common.css here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please use the following example source code at the end of each chapter when you are finished with it:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em 1em 1em 0; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1px #aaaaaa solid; padding: 0.2em; border-collapse: collapse;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Return to [[Suzumiya Haruhi|Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|Chapter 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward to [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Chapter 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proof of Concept:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em 1em 1em 0; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1px #aaaaaa solid; padding: 0.2em; border-collapse: collapse;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Return to [[Suzumiya Haruhi|Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Back to [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|Chapter 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward to [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Chapter 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
If there are no problems with this format, please move this comment to the main page. :)&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[User:Velocity7|velocity7]], 7 May 2006 22:00 EDT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:I like the idea, but have some small changes to suggest:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em 1em 1em 0; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1px #aaaaaa solid; padding: 0.2em; border-collapse: collapse;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|Back to Chapter 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Suzumiya Haruhi|Up to the Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Forward to Chapter 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:My changes are changing &amp;quot;Return to&amp;quot; into &amp;quot;Up to&amp;quot; and changing the order.  Also, I made the whole text be part of the links, not just the name of the destinations.  Take a look at the markup if you want the details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Thanks, [[User:Velocity7|velocity7]], for finding the markup to make this work!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:BlckKnght|BlckKnght]] 19:42, 7 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Looks fine, have at it. :)&lt;br /&gt;
:By the way, initially my first proposal for this was that the navigation would be at the top and bottom. Should this be kept, or is the bottom enough?&lt;br /&gt;
:For everyone else, the new source code is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin: 1em 1em 1em 0; background: #f9f9f9; border: 1px #aaaaaa solid; padding: 0.2em; border-collapse: collapse;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|Back to Chapter 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Suzumiya Haruhi|Up to the Main Page]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Forward to Chapter 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:-- [[User:Velocity7|velocity7]], 7 May 2006 23:28 EDT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mmm......to be honest i&#039;am undecided about this, it does look like a pretty interesting idea, but at the same time it is a pretty big implimentation in terms of layout and im sure there are alot of people who will fall into both camps. &lt;br /&gt;
I think we more input from the other Project Translators,Dedicated Editors and other users before we can consider this.&lt;br /&gt;
I don&#039;t think there is a rush at the moment as only one volume has been done, but when more are completed, i can see how this might be a benefit for those fast readers and are too lazy to go back to the previous page just to click the next chapter for the 12th time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:19, 7 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In my opinion the code should go in a template and provide links to all chapters. You only need to add the template, e.g.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{Navbox_Volume_1}}&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;, at the end of each chapter. See [http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Main_Page wikibooks.org] for some examples. --[[User:89.53.204.166|89.53.204.166]] 08:12, 8 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Uh.... no comment?...&lt;br /&gt;
Computer technicalities is something I&#039;m plain terrible at... &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(I&#039;ll delete this post in a while.)&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 21:31, 8 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Solution to Partial Script Contributed ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has become apparent to me that some user wish to contribute portion of translated script, but on the other hand  also do not wish to continue the chapter or be a project translator.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the case of [[user:skythewood|skythewood]] as many attempts to contact has resulted in no response and i can only conclude that s/he does not wish to join the Project Translator Team, at leased other users such as [[user:Hanunako|Harunako]] have given us notice as to how long they will be inactive and when s/he will planning to return to work on the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the moment [[user:skythewood|skythewood]] has only registered Volume 03, &amp;quot;boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi&amp;quot; which is a single story chapter thus will not disturb the rest of the wolume by her/his absents, there might be still sometime for [[user:skythewood|skythewood]] to reply but i do not have any high hopes for such a situation. &lt;br /&gt;
However there is a real possibility that If a user contributes on a chapter that has connection chapters before a project translators does, they will register as usual, contributes and then never be heard again. &lt;br /&gt;
This is a problem because effectively they will tie up a volume, as by guideline rules only two translators are allowed per volume.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What I propose is that if a portion of script has been contributed to a chapter that has yet been signed up by a Project Translator, then their names will be shown on the corrosponding chapters to give credit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But we will also allow a Project Translator to register for that chapters, in which case we will no longer accept partial translated scripts for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments please.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 04:16, 8 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Editor%27s_Notes&amp;diff=2877</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume1 Editor&#039;s Notes</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Editor%27s_Notes&amp;diff=2877"/>
		<updated>2006-05-07T14:17:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: Note on editor&amp;#039;s notes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Note: Yoshida Sunao (Trinity Blood) is deceased.  Presumably at the time of Haruhi #1 he was still alive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 07:17, 7 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter7&amp;diff=2776</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume1 Chapter7</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter7&amp;diff=2776"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T19:53:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References &amp;amp; Translators Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Absolute Zero ===&lt;br /&gt;
from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Absolute_zero&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Absolute zero is a fundamental lower bound on the temperature of any macroscopic system. It is a temperature of 0 K, −273.15°C, or −459.67°F. It is unachievable in practice but it exists as a limit for real physical phenomena, and it was inferred by extrapolation from kinetic theory, and from other considerations in theoretical physics.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 19:00, 4 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editors&#039; Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Classroom scene - Where Haruhi is asking Kyon about Mikuru&#039;s next costume ===&lt;br /&gt;
I feel that the 2rd last sentence of that section:&lt;br /&gt;
:While fanning her with my book, she yelled, &amp;quot;I&#039;m so bored!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a bit ambiguous - Is Kyon fanning her with his book, or did Haruhi fan herself with Kyon&#039;s book? Kyon refusing to fan her a few lines earlier seems add to the confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well... I don&#039;t feel it is ambiguous at all (if she were fanning herself, it would be worded &amp;quot;while fanning herself with my book...&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
--Proto&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, Kyon did say he refused, but probably decided to fan Haruhi anyway seeing how depressed she is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--Kinny Riddle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s Kinny&#039;s translation from Chinese:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;You look like an idiot.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi scolded. Hey, weren&#039;t you the one changing the subject? But I guess I really did look like an idiot, so I didn&#039;t argue with her. While fanning her with my book, she yelled,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;I&#039;m so bored!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:She drooped downwards like a cartoon character. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole passage, in the original Japanese, is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:「マヌケ面」&lt;br /&gt;
:と決めつけた。お前が話を振ったんだろうが。多分その通りだろうから抗議するつもりはないが。セーラー服の胸元から教科書で風を送り込みながら、&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:「ほんと、退屈」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:ハルヒは口を見事なへの字にした。　まるでマンガのキャラクターみたいな。&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which reads as follow in &#039;&#039;romaji&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;manukedzura&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;to kimetsuketa. omae ga hanashi o futtandarou ka. tabun sono toori darou kara kougi suru tsumori wa nai ga. seiraafuku no munamoto kara kyoukasho de kaze o okurikominagara,&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;honto, taikutsu&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Haruhi wa kuchi o migoto na heno-ji ni shita. maru de manga no kyarakutaa mitai na.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I make this out as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;You look like an idiot.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi decided. Hey, weren&#039;t you the one changing the subject? But I guess she was right, so there was no point arguing with her. While fanning the breast of her school uniform with a textbook,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;I&#039;m so bored!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi&#039;s mouth was perfectly like a &#039;&#039;heno-ji&#039;&#039;. She looked like a cartoon character.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what&#039;s a &#039;&#039;heno-ji&#039;&#039;, I hear you ask...? It&#039;s a children&#039;s drawing, full name へのへのもへじ (&#039;&#039;henohenomoheji&#039;&#039;) made with those hiragana characters, to form a figure of a human face. Have a look at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Henohenomoheji this Wikipedia page], which shows how it&#039;s made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve edited the text to reflect this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 08:02, 5 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Chapter 7: &amp;quot;Points I&#039;d like to raise&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I finished my first read-through of the completed Chapter 7 and there&#039;re numerous points I&#039;d like to raise (whilst I edit some of them):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Haruhi decided. Hey, weren&#039;t you the one changing the subject? But I guess she was right, so there was no point arguing with her. &#039;&#039;&#039;While fanning the breast of her school uniform with a textbook,&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
w.r.t. (with respect to) the text above in bold, I&#039;m not too sure whether I agree with the sentence or that it simply sounds odd. The fact that Haruhi has her uniform on seems to be a redundant point (unless explicitly mentioned in the novel). Thus, it could be simplified and made more concise by using this instead:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;While fanning the upper half of her body with a textbook,&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Haruhi&#039;s mouth was perfectly like a &#039;&#039;&#039;heno-ji&#039;&#039;&#039;. She looked like a cartoon character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please attach a translation note for the term &#039;&#039;&#039;heno-ji&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We were frozen by an icy, &#039;&#039;&#039;minus 273 degree Celsius&#039;&#039;&#039; voice. Haruhi, wearing her PE uniform and carrying her bag, had a scary expression as though she had just witnessed her dad assaulting an innocent girl.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unless &amp;quot;minus 273 degree Celsius&amp;quot; is explicitly mentioned, I think the original translation of &amp;quot;absolute zero&amp;quot; should be used and a translation note attached (just swap the link). The sentence would flow better with words alone rather than adding in scienific specifics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Just kidding! Right now this sealed state is probably only temporary, but very soon it&#039;ll become similar to the world you know. Yet this world will be completely different to the world we&#039;re from. As of right now, this world could be considered as the real world, while the original reality ought to be considered a &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* After running quite a distance from the school buildings, we turned and looked upwards, and discovered how huge the giant was. The giant inside the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039; Koizumi brought me in was just as huge as this, almost as tall as a building.&lt;br /&gt;
* As I answered Haruhi I thought at the same time, remembering what Koizumi told me when he brought me into that &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039;, if we let these &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Deities&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; continue their rampage, then after the destruction, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039; will replace the real world, meaning this grey world will replace the world we came from, and then......&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inconsistencies noted in bold. I&#039;ll make the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What will the world become?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this sentence is perfectly fine, I think a substitute of &amp;quot;What will become of our world?&amp;quot;  is more explicit as it highlights the fact that Kyon is referring to the &amp;quot;original world&amp;quot; and its potential replacement by the Sealed Reality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* According to what Koizumi just told me, Haruhi seems to be creating a brand new world. By then would the Asahina and Nagato I know be in this new world? Or will it be a surreal world where these &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Deities&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; walk around freely, and aliens, time travellers and espers become commonplace?&lt;br /&gt;
* I couldn&#039;t tell how large this &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039; was, and I didn&#039;t know if this dimension would expand and become another reality. At this moment, my mind was full of uncertainties. If at this instant, an old drunkard sitting beside me in a train said to me, &amp;quot;Let me tell you something, but don&#039;t tell anyone! I&#039;m actually an alien.&amp;quot; I would have believed him right away. Because my mysterious event experience level has now tripled compared to a month ago.&lt;br /&gt;
* I sat &#039;&#039;&#039;waerily&#039;&#039;&#039; on the floor and grabbed my head thinking. If this were all a dream, why did it feel so real? The sweaty right hand, and the warmth left on the lips......&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inconsistencies and mild grammar issues. I shall attempt to rectify them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The sun &#039;&#039;&#039;continues&#039;&#039;&#039; to release its heat from its endless nuclear fusion. Mr Sunshine, I beg of you, can&#039;t you occasionally take a break? I&#039;m going to fry to death!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mild grammar issue. Substitute of &amp;quot;The sun &#039;&#039;&#039;continued&#039;&#039;&#039; to release its heat from its endless nuclear fusion.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 20:40, 6 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Attack of the Blue Giant ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I&#039;m counting everything on you&amp;quot; (Nagato)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text uses 賭ける, so I&#039;m changing that to I&#039;m betting everything on you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I quickly pushed Haruhi down to the floor&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I couldn&#039;t resist changing &amp;quot;to&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;on&amp;quot;.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Man, this is too lame&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I gave this line its own paragraph.  It deserves it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;You&#039;d look great in a ponytail&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
「似合ってるぞ。」 I changed it to present tense.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 12:27, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter7&amp;diff=2767</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume1 Chapter7</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter7&amp;diff=2767"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T19:27:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References &amp;amp; Translators Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Absolute Zero ===&lt;br /&gt;
from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Absolute_zero&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Absolute zero is a fundamental lower bound on the temperature of any macroscopic system. It is a temperature of 0 K, −273.15°C, or −459.67°F. It is unachievable in practice but it exists as a limit for real physical phenomena, and it was inferred by extrapolation from kinetic theory, and from other considerations in theoretical physics.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 19:00, 4 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editors&#039; Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Classroom scene - Where Haruhi is asking Kyon about Mikuru&#039;s next costume ===&lt;br /&gt;
I feel that the 2rd last sentence of that section:&lt;br /&gt;
:While fanning her with my book, she yelled, &amp;quot;I&#039;m so bored!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is a bit ambiguous - Is Kyon fanning her with his book, or did Haruhi fan herself with Kyon&#039;s book? Kyon refusing to fan her a few lines earlier seems add to the confusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well... I don&#039;t feel it is ambiguous at all (if she were fanning herself, it would be worded &amp;quot;while fanning herself with my book...&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
--Proto&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, Kyon did say he refused, but probably decided to fan Haruhi anyway seeing how depressed she is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--Kinny Riddle&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s Kinny&#039;s translation from Chinese:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;You look like an idiot.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi scolded. Hey, weren&#039;t you the one changing the subject? But I guess I really did look like an idiot, so I didn&#039;t argue with her. While fanning her with my book, she yelled,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;I&#039;m so bored!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:She drooped downwards like a cartoon character. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole passage, in the original Japanese, is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:「マヌケ面」&lt;br /&gt;
:と決めつけた。お前が話を振ったんだろうが。多分その通りだろうから抗議するつもりはないが。セーラー服の胸元から教科書で風を送り込みながら、&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:「ほんと、退屈」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:ハルヒは口を見事なへの字にした。　まるでマンガのキャラクターみたいな。&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which reads as follow in &#039;&#039;romaji&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;manukedzura&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;to kimetsuketa. omae ga hanashi o futtandarou ka. tabun sono toori darou kara kougi suru tsumori wa nai ga. seiraafuku no munamoto kara kyoukasho de kaze o okurikominagara,&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;honto, taikutsu&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Haruhi wa kuchi o migoto na heno-ji ni shita. maru de manga no kyarakutaa mitai na.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I make this out as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;You look like an idiot.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi decided. Hey, weren&#039;t you the one changing the subject? But I guess she was right, so there was no point arguing with her. While fanning the breast of her school uniform with a textbook,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;I&#039;m so bored!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi&#039;s mouth was perfectly like a &#039;&#039;heno-ji&#039;&#039;. She looked like a cartoon character.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So what&#039;s a &#039;&#039;heno-ji&#039;&#039;, I hear you ask...? It&#039;s a children&#039;s drawing, full name へのへのもへじ (&#039;&#039;henohenomoheji&#039;&#039;) made with those hiragana characters, to form a figure of a human face. Have a look at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Henohenomoheji this Wikipedia page], which shows how it&#039;s made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve edited the text to reflect this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 08:02, 5 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I finished my first read-through of the completed Chapter 7 and there&#039;re numerous points I&#039;d like to raise (whilst I edit some of them):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Haruhi decided. Hey, weren&#039;t you the one changing the subject? But I guess she was right, so there was no point arguing with her. &#039;&#039;&#039;While fanning the breast of her school uniform with a textbook,&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
w.r.t. (with respect to) the text above in bold, I&#039;m not too sure whether I agree with the sentence or that it simply sounds odd. The fact that Haruhi has her uniform on seems to be a redundant point (unless explicitly mentioned in the novel). Thus, it could be simplified and made more concise by using this instead:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;While fanning the upper half of her body with a textbook,&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Haruhi&#039;s mouth was perfectly like a &#039;&#039;&#039;heno-ji&#039;&#039;&#039;. She looked like a cartoon character. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please attach a translation note for the term &#039;&#039;&#039;heno-ji&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We were frozen by an icy, &#039;&#039;&#039;minus 273 degree Celsius&#039;&#039;&#039; voice. Haruhi, wearing her PE uniform and carrying her bag, had a scary expression as though she had just witnessed her dad assaulting an innocent girl.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unless &amp;quot;minus 273 degree Celsius&amp;quot; is explicitly mentioned, I think the original translation of &amp;quot;absolute zero&amp;quot; should be used and a translation note attached (just swap the link). The sentence would flow better with words alone rather than adding in scienific specifics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Just kidding! Right now this sealed state is probably only temporary, but very soon it&#039;ll become similar to the world you know. Yet this world will be completely different to the world we&#039;re from. As of right now, this world could be considered as the real world, while the original reality ought to be considered a &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* After running quite a distance from the school buildings, we turned and looked upwards, and discovered how huge the giant was. The giant inside the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039; Koizumi brought me in was just as huge as this, almost as tall as a building.&lt;br /&gt;
* As I answered Haruhi I thought at the same time, remembering what Koizumi told me when he brought me into that &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039;, if we let these &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Deities&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; continue their rampage, then after the destruction, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039; will replace the real world, meaning this grey world will replace the world we came from, and then......&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inconsistencies noted in bold. I&#039;ll make the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What will the world become?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this sentence is perfectly fine, I think a substitute of &amp;quot;What will become of our world?&amp;quot;  is more explicit as it highlights the fact that Kyon is referring to the &amp;quot;original world&amp;quot; and it&#039;s potential replacement by the Sealed Reality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* According to what Koizumi just told me, Haruhi seems to be creating a brand new world. By then would the Asahina and Nagato I know be in this new world? Or will it be a surreal world where these &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Deities&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; walk around freely, and aliens, time travellers and espers become commonplace?&lt;br /&gt;
* I couldn&#039;t tell how large this &#039;&#039;&#039;Sealed Dimension&#039;&#039;&#039; was, and I didn&#039;t know if this dimension would expand and become another reality. At this moment, my mind was full of uncertainties. If at this instant, an old drunkard sitting beside me in a train said to me, &amp;quot;Let me tell you something, but don&#039;t tell anyone! I&#039;m actually an alien.&amp;quot; I would have believed him right away. Because my mysterious event experience level has now tripled compared to a month ago.&lt;br /&gt;
* I sat &#039;&#039;&#039;waerily&#039;&#039;&#039; on the floor and grabbed my head thinking. If this were all a dream, why did it feel so real? The sweaty right hand, and the warmth left on the lips......&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inconsistencies and mild grammar issues. I shall attempt to rectify them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The sun &#039;&#039;continues&#039;&#039; to release its heat from its endless nuclear fusion. Mr Sunshine, I beg of you, can&#039;t you occasionally take a break? I&#039;m going to fry to death!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mild grammar issue. Substitute of &amp;quot;The sun &#039;&#039;continued&#039;&#039; to release its heat from its endless nuclear fusion.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Yo, how&#039;s been been?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mild typo issue. I shall change it with &amp;quot;Yo, how&#039;ve things been?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;That&#039;s why I couldn&#039;t sleep all night. I had wanted to take leave, &#039;&#039;but my attendance rate wouldn&#039;t be enough&#039;&#039;.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mild grammar issue: I shall change the part above in italics with &amp;quot;but my attendance rate wouldn&#039;t be high enough if I did.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Da~Mike|Da~Mike]] 20:08, 6 May 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nagato&#039;s Computer Chat ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;I&#039;m counting everything on you&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text uses 賭ける, so I&#039;m changing that to I&#039;m betting everything on you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 12:27, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Prologue&amp;diff=2762</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume2 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Prologue&amp;diff=2762"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T19:08:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;「ふざけんなっ～！」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably more like &amp;quot;Don&#039;t mess with me!&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;IDIOT!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;I would probably think that he&#039;s crazy, or got infected by some horrible radiance&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I changed this into &amp;quot;I would probably think that his brain had been infected by some virus, or had been addled by poisonous waves.&amp;quot;  Too lazy to type out the original Japanese, so I just literally translated Kyon&#039;s original metaphor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 12:08, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Prologue&amp;diff=2708</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume2 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Prologue&amp;diff=2708"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T08:10:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: explanation of big changes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;「ふざけんなっ～！」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably more like &amp;quot;Don&#039;t mess with me!&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;IDIOT!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;I would probably think that he&#039;s crazy, or got infected by some horrible radiance&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I changed this into &amp;quot;I would probably think that his brain had been infected by some virus, or had been addled by poisonous waves.&amp;quot;  Too lazy to type out the original Japanese, so I just literally translated Kyon&#039;s original metaphor.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Prologue&amp;diff=2706</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume2 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Prologue&amp;diff=2706"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T07:56:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;「ふざけんなっ～！」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Probably more like &amp;quot;Don&#039;t mess with me!&amp;quot; instead of &amp;quot;IDIOT!&amp;quot;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Skythewood&amp;diff=2705</id>
		<title>User:Skythewood</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Skythewood&amp;diff=2705"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T07:49:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: Please read the talk page of the chapter you reserved&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Do you use the Chinese version or the Japanese version for your translations?  If you are using the Japanese version, please see the Boredom of Haruhi talk page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 00:45, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Arcticphoenix16&amp;diff=2704</id>
		<title>User:Arcticphoenix16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Arcticphoenix16&amp;diff=2704"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T07:49:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: sorry, wrong talk page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_The_Boredom_of_Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2703</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_The_Boredom_of_Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2703"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T07:47:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;I had to make HUGE edits, with frequent reference to the original Japanese text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;First paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Haruhi announced with the same enthusiasm as a baseball team representative who drew an easy match in the high school baseball tournament&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text uses &amp;quot;Koushien&amp;quot; instead of tournament.  Koushien is the big stadium that all those high school baseball players aspire to.  It also compares Haruhi to a captain instead of a representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;About Mikuru:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;But I know she has a devilishly sexy body in contrast to her angelic face, a girl with the looks to kill.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have no idea where this came from.  The text just says that her small body and face suit her, but Kyon knows that she&#039;s really glamorous (guramarasu).  I&#039;m all for capturing the original spirit of the text, but this may be taking it a bit too far.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph about the nurse outfit, I inserted Mikuru&#039;s name which was missing from the translation, clearing up ambiguity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“This kind of matter doesn’t need any reason.” &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
「ねーよ、んなもん」 is pretty hard to translate.  Perhaps &amp;quot;Do you really need a reason?&amp;quot; can capture Kyon&#039;s secret longing for sexy Mikuru.  Please give input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
Mikuru: 「そそ、そんなぁ～」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next sentence is completely missing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
半泣きになりつつ生真面目に言いつけを守っているのだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not sure how to translate this.  &amp;quot;with tears in her eyes&amp;quot; is the best I can come up with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;audience&amp;quot; is not mentioned.  Rather, the text simply uses &amp;quot;fulfilling requests&amp;quot;, which is simpler.  Also, before &amp;quot;Yes, that would be good&amp;quot;, another sentence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
悩ましく恥じらいながら。&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure how to translate this.  Perhaps ”While being both sexy and embarassed&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interesting how the chapter suddenly starts using paragraphing.  I have cancelled all of the indents as per every other chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;But our speculations is inaccurate, as the arrow that Haruhi shoots goes through the wall where the target board is and flew away. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The arrow is used as a metaphor for Kyon&#039;s speculation, not an actual arrow that Haruhi shot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 00:41, 6 May 2006 (PDT)(Mood: Unhappy)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Arcticphoenix16&amp;diff=2702</id>
		<title>User:Arcticphoenix16</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Arcticphoenix16&amp;diff=2702"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T07:45:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Do you use the Chinese version or the Japanese version for your translations?  If you are using the Japanese version, please see the Boredom of Haruhi talk page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 00:45, 6 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_The_Boredom_of_Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2701</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_The_Boredom_of_Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2701"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T07:44:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: Formatting because of large amount of text&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;I had to make HUGE edits, with frequent reference to the original Japanese text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;First paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Haruhi announced with the same enthusiasm as a baseball team representative who drew an easy match in the high school baseball tournament&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text uses &amp;quot;Koushien&amp;quot; instead of tournament.  Koushien is the big stadium that all those high school baseball players aspire to.  It also compares Haruhi to a captain instead of a representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;About Mikuru:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;But I know she has a devilishly sexy body in contrast to her angelic face, a girl with the looks to kill.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have no idea where this came from.  The text just says that her small body and face suit her, but Kyon knows that she&#039;s really glamorous (guramarasu).  I&#039;m all for capturing the original spirit of the text, but this may be taking it a bit too far.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph about the nurse outfit, I inserted Mikuru&#039;s name which was missing from the translation, clearing up ambiguity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“This kind of matter doesn’t need any reason.” &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
「ねーよ、んなもん」 is pretty hard to translate.  Perhaps &amp;quot;Do you really need a reason?&amp;quot; can capture Kyon&#039;s secret longing for sexy Mikuru.  Please give input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
Mikuru: 「そそ、そんなぁ～」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next sentence is completely missing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
半泣きになりつつ生真面目に言いつけを守っているのだった。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not sure how to translate this.  &amp;quot;with tears in her eyes&amp;quot; is the best I can come up with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;audience&amp;quot; is not mentioned.  Rather, the text simply uses &amp;quot;fulfilling requests&amp;quot;, which is simpler.  Also, before &amp;quot;Yes, that would be good&amp;quot;, another sentence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
悩ましく恥じらいながら。&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure how to translate this.  Perhaps ”She&#039;d be both sexy and embarassed&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interesting how the chapter suddenly starts using paragraphing.  I have cancelled all of the indents as per every other chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;But our speculations is inaccurate, as the arrow that Haruhi shoots goes through the wall where the target board is and flew away. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The arrow is used as a metaphor for Kyon&#039;s speculation, not an actual arrow that Haruhi shot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 00:41, 6 May 2006 (PDT)(Mood: Unhappy)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_The_Boredom_of_Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2700</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_The_Boredom_of_Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2700"/>
		<updated>2006-05-06T07:41:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: Unmentioned edits are grammar and sentence structure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;I had to make HUGE edits, with frequent reference to the original Japanese text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;First paragraph:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Haruhi announced with the same enthusiasm as a baseball team representative who drew an easy match in the high school baseball tournament&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text uses &amp;quot;Koushien&amp;quot; instead of tournament.  Koushien is the big stadium that all those high school baseball players aspire to.  It also compares Haruhi to a captain instead of a representative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;About Mikuru:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;But I know she has a devilishly sexy body in contrast to her angelic face, a girl with the looks to kill.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have no idea where this came from.  The text just says that her small body and face suit her, but Kyon knows that she&#039;s really glamorous (guramarasu).  I&#039;m all for capturing the original spirit of the text, but this may be taking it a bit too far.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph about the nurse outfit, I inserted Mikuru&#039;s name which was missing from the translation, clearing up ambiguity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“This kind of matter doesn’t need any reason.” &#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
 「ねーよ、んなもん」 is pretty hard to translate.  Perhaps &amp;quot;Do you really need a reason?&amp;quot; can capture Kyon&#039;s secret longing for sexy Mikuru.  Please give input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
Mikuru: 「そそ、そんなぁ～」&lt;br /&gt;
The next sentence is completely missing :&lt;br /&gt;
半泣きになりつつ生真面目に言いつけを守っているのだった。&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not sure how to translate this.  &amp;quot;with tears in her eyes&amp;quot; is the best I can come up with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;audience&amp;quot; is not mentioned.  Rather, the text simply uses &amp;quot;fulfilling requests&amp;quot;, which is simpler.  Also, before &amp;quot;Yes, that would be good&amp;quot;, another sentence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
悩ましく恥じらいながら。&lt;br /&gt;
Not sure how to translate this.  Perhaps ”She&#039;d be both sexy and embarassed&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interesting how the chapter suddenly starts using paragraphing.  I have cancelled all of the indents as per every other chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;But our speculations is inaccurate, as the arrow that Haruhi shoots goes through the wall where the target board is and flew away. &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The arrow is used as a metaphor for Kyon&#039;s speculation, not an actual arrow that Haruhi shot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 00:41, 6 May 2006 (PDT)(Mood: Unhappy)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2538</id>
		<title>Suzumiya Haruhi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2538"/>
		<updated>2006-05-04T19:42:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Editors */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is just a story that I picked up a while ago to practice my English writing skills. &lt;br /&gt;
If you want to correct any grammatical/spelling mistakes feel free to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are going to post a portion or the whole translation elsewhere, please contact me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read the [[Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi|Discussion]] for news/opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older updates can be found [[Update|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*April 27, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;quot;Consortium -&amp;gt; ?&amp;quot; correct English term discussion has now ended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*April 28, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
**Volume 1 Chapter 06 Updated, partial translation added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*May 1, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
**Volume 1 Chapter 06 completed.&lt;br /&gt;
**Chapter 6 illustration up.&lt;br /&gt;
**Color Illustrations for volume 2 are up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*May 2, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
**&#039;&#039;&#039;Correct English terms for &#039;Shinjins&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Heisa Kuukan&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; Currently on agenda, add your voice to the discussion at the [http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline#Correct_English_terms_for_.27Shinjins.22_and_.22Locked_Space.22 Format Guideline Talk page].&lt;br /&gt;
**Volume 03 Prologue Completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*May 3, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Topic Deadline 4th of May for &amp;quot;Correct English terms for Shinjin&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Heisa Kuukan&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039; Add your voice to the discussion at the [http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline#4th_May_End_of_Topic_Deadline_for_.22Shinjin.22_.26_.22Heisa_Kuukan.22 Format Guideline Talk page] before it ends.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translators ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Harunako|Harunako]] (Planned)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Kinny Riddle|Kinny Riddle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]] (part-time)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] (Special mention here, for large Image Contribution)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Please [[User_talk:Thelastguardian|contact thelastguardian]] if you are planning to contribute a significant amount of script.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translators are asked to [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Registration Page|register]] which chapters they&#039;re working on&#039;&#039;&#039; (see [[Format_guideline#Translators|the Guideline page]] for usage rules).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users mentioned here have been recognised for their large &amp;amp; regular Editorial Contribution, which this project would like to thank, acknowledge &amp;amp; hope that they will continue to contribute in the future.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dedicated Editors ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Adelina|Adelina]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Ryukaiser|Ryukaiser]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New Editors Watchlist ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users&#039; whose contributions are worth mentioning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[The naming game|The naming game]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Every Chapter (after editing) must conform to the agreed points highlighted in the [http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Format_guideline Unified Format Guideline]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Some of these chapters are translations of the Chinese edition of the novels, which are known to have some minor mistakes compared to the original Japanese text. If you have access to the originals and you spot an error, &#039;&#039;&#039;please feel free to make the corrections yourself&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is a Wiki which means it&#039;s meant for anyone to fix things (and if you screw up, we can revert back your changes if all deem necessary). We can see the corrections you make, so just go ahead instead of hiding or waiting for permission.  --[[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just to add something else. I have changed the permission setting for the Wiki. &#039;&#039;&#039;You don&#039;t have to have an account to edit a page.&#039;&#039;&#039; Please do note that if you abuse this feature, I will personally hunt you down :) . --[[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The &#039;&#039;Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; series, by [[Tanigawa Nagaru]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 1 - &#039;&#039;The Melancholy of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第一巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憂鬱 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Prologue|Prologue]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|Chapter 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter2|Chapter 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Chapter 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter4|Chapter 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5|Chapter 5]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter6|Chapter 6]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter7|Chapter 7]] (35% completed)&lt;br /&gt;
***Epilogue&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 2 - &#039;&#039;The Sighs of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第二巻: 涼宮ハルヒの溜息 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***Prologue &lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 1 &lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 2 &lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume2_Chapter4|Chapter 4]] (0% complete)&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 5&lt;br /&gt;
***Epilogue&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 3 - &#039;&#039;The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第三巻: 涼宮ハルヒの退屈 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***Color Illustrations&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue|Prologue]]&lt;br /&gt;
***The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi&lt;br /&gt;
***Bamboo Leaf Rhapsody&lt;br /&gt;
***Mysterious Sign&lt;br /&gt;
***Lone Island Syndrome&lt;br /&gt;
***Epilogue&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Volume 4 - &#039;&#039;The Vanishing of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第四巻: 涼宮ハルヒの消失 ===&lt;br /&gt;
***Color Illustrations&lt;br /&gt;
***Prologue&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 1&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 2&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 3&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 4&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 5&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 6&lt;br /&gt;
***Epilogue&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Series Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 1 - &#039;&#039;The Melancholy of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第一巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憂鬱&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 2 - &#039;&#039;The Sighs of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第二巻: 涼宮ハルヒの溜息&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 3 - &#039;&#039;The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第三巻: 涼宮ハルヒの退屈&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 4 - &#039;&#039;The Vanishing of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第四巻: 涼宮ハルヒの消失&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 5 - &#039;&#039;The Rampage of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第五巻: 涼宮ハルヒの暴走&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 6 - &#039;&#039;The Trembling of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第六巻: 涼宮ハルヒの動揺&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 7 - &#039;&#039;The Intrigues of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第七巻: 涼宮ハルヒの陰謀&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 8 - &#039;&#039;The Indignation of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第八巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憤慨&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2480</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2480"/>
		<updated>2006-05-04T02:52:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Translator Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Vague/Awkward sounding phrases ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ..., or even those who-kows-if-they-are-incidents-or-accidents kind of storms, literally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
awaiting sudden inspiration to translate this line properly and correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:17, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I broke up the run-on sentence and tried to convey the sense of 巻き込む。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:05, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
requesting heavy edit in terms of clarity of ideas. I was constantly getting distracted when I was translating this chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:15, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
Made some large changes, usually structural or by rearranging the order of words and phrases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Melancholy-to-Sigh.&#039;&#039;  I changed that to &amp;quot;the half a year when our melancholy became frustration&amp;quot;.  I&#039;m not too sure if Kyon&#039;s sighs represent frustration or exasperation, but after half a year of Haruhi, it&#039;s probably the former. Hopefully that appropriately conveys the meaning of 憂鬱が溜息に移り変わる&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:39, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think that the phase &#039;&#039;Melancholy-to-Sigh&#039;&#039; means the time between the first and second book. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The phase has double meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original line is something like &amp;quot;melancholy to sigh in the half a year time&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 12:05, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I dunno.  For Kyon, a character in the novel, to reference the titles of the books in his thoughts is a little too...postmodern for me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 19:52, 3 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter2&amp;diff=2410</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume1 Chapter2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter2&amp;diff=2410"/>
		<updated>2006-05-03T00:14:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* The Fall of Hyperion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== References &amp;amp; Translators Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Moe ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While its exact definition could be debated on (see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moe_%28slang%29|Wikipedia&#039;s entry]), &amp;quot;Turn-on Factor&amp;quot; is a nice catch-all translation of it. Which direction you get &#039;turned on&#039; can be varied: strong desire to protect and cuddle, &amp;quot;I so want to go out with him/her&amp;quot;, fuzzy warmth at Omega cuteness - these are some possibilities all of which could fall under &amp;quot;Moe&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Fall of Hyperion ===&lt;br /&gt;
About this passage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;All the members are here today. Nagato Yuki sat in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about the effects of Saturn&#039;s satellites falling down. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but still obediently arrived, sitting on a steel chair looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original Japanese text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一応メンバーは揃っていた。相も変わらず長門有希は定位置で土星のマイナー衛星が落ちた&lt;br /&gt;
とかどうしたとかいうタイトルのハードカバーを読みふくり、来なくてもいいのに生真面目に&lt;br /&gt;
もちゃんとやって来た朝日奈みくるさんは在所なげにパイプ椅子に腰掛けている。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far as I can tell, a better translation of the passage would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Anyway, all the members were here today. Nagato Yuki was in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about a minor satellite of Saturn falling down, or something like that. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but had still obediently arrived, seated on a steel chair and looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the book in question (as we&#039;ve seen in the anime) has to be &#039;&#039;The Fall of Hyperion&#039;&#039; by Dan Simmons -- but equally obviously, Kyon doesn&#039;t recognize it, and thinks it&#039;s about Hyperion the satellite of Saturn. This is marked by the tentative nature of his &#039;&#039;to ka doushita to ka iu taitoru&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m changing this passage as shown, in the body text, but I just wanted to explain why I&#039;ve changed it this way. I really think that we might want to include a translator&#039;s footnote here, to the effect that we know which book is meant, but that the confusion was present in the original text, and is indisputably deliberate on the part of the author. Are we going to make footnotes? If so, this is a good place for one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 19:14, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: That is a reasonable edit in my book. --[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 22:57, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general story is seven pilgrims re-visiting a planet, and most of the book is composed of the life stories of each pilgrim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read the first life story (the priest&#039;s) yesterday. It&#039;s one powerful piece of writing. I&#039;d call it one of the most striking scifi tales I&#039;ve read in the past year. If you get the chance, go read it...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eleutheria 09:45, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve read the entire series, both the two &amp;quot;Hyperion&amp;quot; stories, and the two &amp;quot;Endymion&amp;quot; sequelae. It&#039;s excellent, though the coherence of the story wavers a bit near the end. I believe that I&#039;m not the only one of the &amp;quot;regulars&amp;quot; who has read it all. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then again, I&#039;ve read a &#039;&#039;lot&#039;&#039; of science fiction over the years. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 12:43, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read the Fall of Hyperion today.  Took me from lunch to 8 pm, since I wanted to soak in all of it.  Rachel&#039;s exact timeline took some puzzling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m now convinced that Nagato Yuki doesn&#039;t really read.  Those thick books are for show.  If she had got anything out of the Fall of Hyperion, she wouldn&#039;t still be so emotionless.  She&#039;d have realized the truth behind the Void Which Binds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 17:14, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Translation Debates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
None.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Resolved Translation Discussions ==&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==== &amp;quot;...... If I could never marry because of this, would you still marry me......?&amp;quot; ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
「・・・私がお嫁にいけなくなるようなことになったら、貰ってくれますか・・・？」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the [http://forums.megatokyo.com/index.php?showtopic=1711607&amp;amp;st=625# detail analysis] of the original Japanese novel in MegaTokyo, the correct phase should be &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Should something happen to me (that would keep me from marrying someone under a normal circumstance), will you marry me?&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blah I wish people(aka readers) would correct it when they notice a major mistake.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 02:00, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, quite literally, Asahina is saying: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;If something should happen so I cannot become a bride, will you take me?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 02:29, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So...change it? (It&#039;s 3 o&#039;clock am here and my brain is on auto mode. You decide.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 02:45, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Done. Oh, and it&#039;s just past noon here -- I&#039;m on Central European Time (GMT+1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 03:05, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter6&amp;diff=2402</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume1 Chapter6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter6&amp;diff=2402"/>
		<updated>2006-05-02T22:35:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* PDF? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Birthmark ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmmm ... I kind of like the more mature and less shy Asahina. And ZOMG she smexed Kyon?! o__O&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Some notes on the first section ==&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not skilled in English enough to edit the text itself, so I write down here differences or something I noticed comparing the original novel with the translation. (including two-bite characters)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first sentence&lt;br /&gt;
:As with yesterday, today I found yet another letter inside my shoe locker.&lt;br /&gt;
:その懸念事項は封筒の形をして昨日に引き続き俺の下駄箱に入っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, the third (?) paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
:There, on a piece of paper with smilies symbols all over it, were written the following words.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I will be waiting for you in the club room during lunch break&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:Mikuru-chan &lt;br /&gt;
:印刷された少女キャラのイラストが微笑む便箋の真ん中に、&lt;br /&gt;
:『昼休み、部室で待ってます   みくる』&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth or sixth paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
:I never want to go through such life-threatening situations again.&lt;br /&gt;
:ほいさと出かけて行って、また生命の危機に直面するのは御免こうむりたい。&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:59.143.134.204|59.143.134.204]] 01:46, 29 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notes on the second section ==&lt;br /&gt;
Differences I noticed comparing the novel and translation.  Some of them are very subtle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:After the fourth session, I was surrounded by Taniguchi, staring at me with meaningful eyes;...&lt;br /&gt;
:四時限が終わるや俺は、休み時間の間から意味深な視線を送ってくる谷口に話しかけられたり一緒に弁当食べようと国木田が近寄ったり職員室に行って朝倉の引っ越し先を調べようとかハルヒが言い出す前に、弁当も持たずに教室から脱出した。部室まで早歩き。 (Kyon wasn&#039;t surrounded by Taniguchi or others)&lt;br /&gt;
The third paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
:In three minutes, I arrived at the club room door. I knocked first.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Please come in.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
:三分とかからず、俺は文芸部室の前に立つ。とりあえずノック。&lt;br /&gt;
:「あ、はーい」&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:59.143.134.204|59.143.134.204]] 02:04, 29 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
Next,&lt;br /&gt;
:It was Asahina&#039;s voice, there was no doubt about it. Alright, I could relax and go in!&lt;br /&gt;
:確かに朝比奈さんの声だった。間違いない。俺が朝比奈さんの声を聞き間違えるわけがない。どうやら本物だ。安心して、入る。 (&amp;quot;I cannot misunderstand her voice.&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:She wore a white blouse and a black mini-skirt,...&lt;br /&gt;
:白いブラウスと黒のミニタイトスカートをはいている髪の長いシルエット。 (A silouhette with long hair in a white blouse and...)&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph,&lt;br /&gt;
:But why did she resemble Asahina so much?&lt;br /&gt;
:しかしそれでもなお、彼女は朝比奈さんとウリ二つだった。何もかもが。&lt;br /&gt;
Later,&lt;br /&gt;
:She looked surprised for a while, then smiled and winked her eyes, shaking her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;
:その人は可笑しそうに目を細めて肩を震わせた。 (she is not surprised in the original text)&lt;br /&gt;
Two paragraphs later,&lt;br /&gt;
:Looking at the beauty standing ahead of me, I realized how beautiful she&#039;d grown.&lt;br /&gt;
:朝比奈さんが大人になったらこんな感じの美人になるだろうなというそのまんまな美人がここにいた。 (The beauty standing ahead of me was exactly the one that I would assume Asahina would be when she is grown up.)&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:59.143.134.204|59.143.134.204]] 02:30, 29 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
:Though I was kinda forced into seeing her change when she dressed as a bunny girl a while ago,...&lt;br /&gt;
:そんな際どい部分まで見ることが出来たのは、バニーガールのコスプレをしていた時と、不可抗力で着替えを覗いてしまった時くらいだが、 (Kyon had two kinds of situations he could have seen the birthmark)&lt;br /&gt;
:While I was thinking the above,&lt;br /&gt;
:俺がその旨を伝えると、 (When I told it to her,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:...and she blushed furiously.&lt;br /&gt;
:それから急激に赤くなった。 (suddenly)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Right now I can believe anything.&lt;br /&gt;
:今の俺はたいていのことは信じてしまえるような性格を獲得したので&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Yes, the me from the past......right now, she&#039;s sitting with her classmates having lunch in the classroom.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:「はい。過去の……わたしから見れば過去のわたしは、現在教室でクラスメイトたちとお弁当中です」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Does that Asahina know you&#039;re here?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;No, after all, she is my past.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
:「そっちの朝比奈さんはあなたが来ていることを……」&lt;br /&gt;
:「知りません。実際知りませんでしたし。だってそれ、わたしの過去だもの」(Asahina in the present time doesn&#039;t know another herself is here because the Asahina from the further future doesn&#039;t remember another herself was there then)&lt;br /&gt;
Several lines later,&lt;br /&gt;
:I looked at the slightly taller Asahina.&lt;br /&gt;
:俺は今や背丈のそう変わらない朝比奈さんを見つめた。 (Here the original expression is a bit ambiguous: does this mean the grown-up Asahina is nearly as tall as Kyon?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:No......it&#039;s more serious than that.&lt;br /&gt;
:それではないんです。もっと……そうですね、 (The older Mikuru does not explicitly say Kyon will face a more serious situation)&lt;br /&gt;
A few lines later,&lt;br /&gt;
:I used to wear this often.&lt;br /&gt;
:よくこんなの着れたなあ、わたし。 (&amp;quot;How could I wear something like this?&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I can&#039;t believe I could wear such a thing!&amp;quot; or the like?)&lt;br /&gt;
Three lines later,&lt;br /&gt;
:Some people are just born to have costumes worn on them.&lt;br /&gt;
:何を着ても似合う人というのはいるものだ。試しに訊いてみる。 (plus the last sentence.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:She said with a weak sigh.&lt;br /&gt;
:鈴虫のため息のような声。 (suzumushi...a cricket?)&lt;br /&gt;
And after &#039;&#039;Asahina turned and shook her hair out, then gave a seductive smile, &amp;quot;No comment~.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; the section ends (two lines of blank in the original novel).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:59.143.134.204|59.143.134.204]] 03:12, 29 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== On Haruhi&#039;s mental state ====&lt;br /&gt;
The original text was &amp;quot;they create a see-saw conflict within her heart&amp;quot;.  I changed that to &amp;quot;they create cognitive dissonance&amp;quot;, which is the formal psychological description for the phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s the only non-grammar/structure edit I made from 20% to 70%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 09:39, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it was anyone else saying those lines, I&#039;d think &amp;quot;cognitive dissonance&amp;quot; was a hopelessly overblown phrase for a high school student to use. But seeing as it is Koizumi speaking, I think that phrase strikes exactly the right note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 10:20, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Interesting, I admit this does sound better, although I can forsee problems that people will have trouble understanding the meaning, but i have to conceed that we shouldn&#039;t treat the readers that they are not intelligent to understand these scientific terms, and if not will look to discover what it means themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But I do feel that if people do have complaints, then please voice them here, as i realise that it will be unfair to force people sought out meanings of words when  we can easily provide some simple additional notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:21, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PDF? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is there any chance that we may see Haruhi in PDF format?  It would be a lot easier to print... (of course, I fully intend to also buy the novels when they arrive in English (and they will...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---------&lt;br /&gt;
Unlikely.  This is a translation project by fans, to be taken down when copyright is exercised, not a e-book distribution thing.  You can, of course, make your own pdf files with Adobe.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 15:35, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2391</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2391"/>
		<updated>2006-05-02T15:39:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Translator Notes */  explanation of changes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Vague/Awkward sounding phrases ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ..., or even those who-kows-if-they-are-incidents-or-accidents kind of storms, literally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
awaiting sudden inspiration to translate this line properly and correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:17, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I broke up the run-on sentence and tried to convey the sense of 巻き込む。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:05, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
requesting heavy edit in terms of clarity of ideas. I was constantly getting distracted when I was translating this chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:15, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Update:&lt;br /&gt;
Made some large changes, usually structural or by rearranging the order of words and phrases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Melancholy-to-Sigh.&#039;&#039;  I changed that to &amp;quot;the half a year when our melancholy became frustration&amp;quot;.  I&#039;m not too sure if Kyon&#039;s sighs represent frustration or exasperation, but after half a year of Haruhi, it&#039;s probably the former. Hopefully that appropriately conveys the meaning of 憂鬱が溜息に移り変わる&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
---[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:39, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2388</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2388"/>
		<updated>2006-05-02T15:18:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Translator Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Vague/Awkward sounding phrases ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ..., or even those who-kows-if-they-are-incidents-or-accidents kind of storms, literally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
awaiting sudden inspiration to translate this line properly and correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:17, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I broke up the run-on sentence and tried to convey the sense of 巻き込む。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:05, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
requesting heavy edit in terms of clarity of ideas. I was constantly getting distracted when I was translating this chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:15, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rearranged some phrases (see above), and I&#039;ll go over some of the other sentences later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:00, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2386</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2386"/>
		<updated>2006-05-02T15:15:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* ..., or even those who-kows-if-they-are-incidents-or-accidents kind of storms, literally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Vague/Awkward sounding phrases ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ..., or even those who-kows-if-they-are-incidents-or-accidents kind of storms, literally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
awaiting sudden inspiration to translate this line properly and correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:17, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I broke up the run-on sentence and tried to convey the sense of 巻き込む。 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:05, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
requesting heavy edit in terms of clarity of ideas. I was constantly getting distracted when I was translating this chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:15, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rearranged some phrases, but have no inspiration regarding the word above with quite a lot of hyphens.  I&#039;ll probably have to go back to the Japanese to come up with something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:00, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2384</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2384"/>
		<updated>2006-05-02T15:05:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* ..., or even those who-kows-if-they-are-incidents-or-accidents kind of storms, literally. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Vague/Awkward sounding phrases ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ..., or even those who-kows-if-they-are-incidents-or-accidents kind of storms, literally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
awaiting sudden inspiration to translate this line properly and correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:17, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Japanese text constituted the longest run-on sentence I&#039;ve ever read in that language in two years.  It made my eyes swim... &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:05, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
requesting heavy edit in terms of clarity of ideas. I was constantly getting distracted when I was translating this chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:15, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rearranged some phrases, but have no inspiration regarding the word above with quite a lot of hyphens.  I&#039;ll probably have to go back to the Japanese to come up with something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:00, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2383</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume3 Prologue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume3_Prologue&amp;diff=2383"/>
		<updated>2006-05-02T15:00:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Translator Notes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Vague/Awkward sounding phrases ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ..., or even those who-kows-if-they-are-incidents-or-accidents kind of storms, literally. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
awaiting sudden inspiration to translate this line properly and correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:17, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translator Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
requesting heavy edit in terms of clarity of ideas. I was constantly getting distracted when I was translating this chapter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Thelastguardian|Thelastguardian]] 22:15, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I rearranged some phrases, but have no inspiration regarding the word above with quite a lot of hyphens.  I&#039;ll probably have to go back to the Japanese to come up with something.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 08:00, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=2382</id>
		<title>Talk:Format guideline</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=2382"/>
		<updated>2006-05-02T14:56:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Correct English terms for &amp;#039;Shinjins&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Locked Space&amp;quot; */  Id&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, so lets kick this up, what things should we address first? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which things should be established first?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
please use the &amp;quot;add comment&amp;quot; icon above.&lt;br /&gt;
Please scroll down for current Discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
Pervious Discussion on related format guidelinetopics have been copied here for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Volume 01, Chapter 01 Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
For discussion of issues solely related to Chapter 1, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|the discussion page for Chapter 1]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s language ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is mostly about thelastguardian&#039;s translation of Haruhi using &amp;quot;kick ass&amp;quot;.  Psieye toned it down to &amp;quot;awesome&amp;quot;.  Although I am personally against using strong language, if this same crude language is present in the original Japanese, I won&#039;t complain keeping the &amp;quot;kick ass.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 01:22, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruzz used the word &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; for that passage. It certainly seems the best choice but his whole style is different so perhaps &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; isn&#039;t what we&#039;re seeking here for this translation&#039;s style.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 23:44, 19 April 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess I&#039;ll jump in to say something. The original japanese line is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高校にはもっとラディカルなサークルがあると思ってたのに。&lt;br /&gt;
Koukou ni wa motto radikaruna saakuru ga aru to omotteta no ni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, I never even considered any other words except &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot;. It covers both bases, and frankly I&#039;d be willing to bet that the line is mostly referring to actual radicalness (differing from a norm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cruzz|Cruzz]] 10:21, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 02 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hyperion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general story is seven pilgrims re-visiting a planet, and most of the book is composed of the life stories of each pilgrim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read the first life story (the priest&#039;s) yesterday.  It&#039;s one powerful piece of writing.  I&#039;d call it one of the most striking scifi tales I&#039;ve read in the past year.  If you get the chance, go read it...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 09:45, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Fall of Hyperion ====&lt;br /&gt;
About this passage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;All the members are here today. Nagato Yuki sat in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about the effects of Saturn&#039;s satellites falling down. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but still obediently arrived, sitting on a steel chair looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original Japanese text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一応メンバーは揃っていた。相も変わらず長門有希は定位置で土星のマイナー衛星が落ちた&lt;br /&gt;
とかどうしたとかいうタイトルのハードカバーを読みふくり、来なくてもいいのに生真面目に&lt;br /&gt;
もちゃんとやって来た朝日奈みくるさんは在所なげにパイプ椅子に腰掛けている。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far as I can tell, a better translation of the passage would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Anyway, all the members were here today. Nagato Yuki was in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about a minor satellite of Saturn falling down, or something like that. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but had still obediently arrived, seated on a steel chair and looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the book in question (as we&#039;ve seen in the anime) has to be &#039;&#039;The Fall of Hyperion&#039;&#039; by Dan Simmons -- but equally obviously, Kyon doesn&#039;t recognize it, and thinks it&#039;s about Hyperion the satellite of Saturn. This is marked by the tentative nature of his &#039;&#039;to ka doushita to ka iu taitoru&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m changing this passage as shown, in the body text, but I just wanted to explain why I&#039;ve changed it this way. I really think that we might want to include a translator&#039;s footnote here, to the effect that we know which book is meant, but that the confusion was present in the original text, and is indisputably deliberate on the part of the author. Are we going to make footnotes? If so, this is a good place for one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 19:14, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 04 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Once it&#039;s all over, a post-mortem will be held to review and prepare for further developments. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Post-mortem? That sort of suggests a death, although I know what is trying to be said, but it might give the wrong meaning to other people. I wonder if there is another word we could substitute this with? Would anyone like to give a suggestion? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 07:44, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the military, they use the term &amp;quot;After Action Report&amp;quot; (abbr. AAR). --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 10:10, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debriefing? --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 23:03, 22 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 02:22, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review is already said in the sentence, but we could change that. Out of which do you think Haruhi would be the most likely to say? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 05:41, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be honest, I think &amp;quot;debriefing&amp;quot; fits in very well in the sentence. It also suits the quasi-militaristic secret superspy-agent-hero-fantasy world that the SOS Brigade has its roots in. &amp;quot;Once it&#039;s all over, a debriefing will be held to review and prepare for further developments.&amp;quot; See? It looks good. Kudos to &#039;&#039;&#039;velocity7&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;le mot juste&#039;&#039;.--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 05:54, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 05 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this material, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5|the discussion page for Chapter 5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Discussion - New Points Discussed Here ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dialogue syntax issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can tell from the first chapter, Kyon represses a significant amount of his thoughts during conversations.  Most of these thoughts take the form of a silent aside that the other characters are not aware of.  However, there are times when Kyon&#039;s inner dialogues are leaked out into the open but the parenthesis is left out.  For example, in Chapter 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;After class, Taniguchi, with his mystified face, tried to corner me. Taniguchi, you look like a total moron with that expression of yours!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Be quiet! I don&#039;t care what you say. Anyway, just what magic did you cast?&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what thelastguardian tells me, the lack of parenthesis is the author&#039;s style.  The reason I bring this up is because a casual reader might be confused in certain places when deciding whether Kyon speaks or not.  I believe the author&#039;s style should be reverted with no parentehsis added.  What is your opinion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another issue is how place the &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; and other such lines that directly reference to a character&#039;s line.  In the current format, such lines are separated by a space.  I&#039;m of the opinion these spaces should be closed and the short commentary following a line should be closed.  Already, this has been taken care of by others and myself in a few instances.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Which is why I&#039;m going to obtain one now,&amp;quot; Haruhi said, like a hunter looking for its prey.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But before I start linking dialogue to commentary, what do you think? --[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 23:32, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Agreed on closing some of the linebreaks for dialogue syntax. Breaking a new line all over the place probably looks right with Japanese text, but English novels are written with &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; descriptions and following commentaries on the same line as the dialogue (as well as further dialogue by the same person). Then again, Kyon&#039;s inner voice commentaries and asides I&#039;d count as &#039;dialogue&#039; and therefore require a change in line. For example, from Ch 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I see... I understand.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;What did you understand?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I&#039;ll quit the Calligraphy Club, and join your club...&amp;quot; Her voice is so full of sadness. &amp;quot;But, I don&#039;t know what the Literature Club does.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Oh and just to clarify, I don&#039;t think we need to add any &#039;somebody said,&#039; descriptions if they&#039;re not already there - as was discussed it is pretty easy to guess who&#039;s speaking what line even if we don&#039;t get &amp;quot;verbalised accents&amp;quot; (such as trademark deviations from Standard Japanese and -yo, -desu endings).&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:48, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Though on second thought, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;her voice is so full of sadness&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; and many other such descriptions feel like &#039;dialogue&#039;/&#039;monologue commentary&#039; since this is Kyon First Perspective afterall. Mmm... maybe making a finer distinction like this would just cause more trouble. Ok, I guess only doing the no-linebreak thing with &amp;quot;lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot; cases would be sensible, as Baltakatei originally suggested.&lt;br /&gt;
::--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:42, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sentence order of interleaved dialogue and description. ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note in this example from [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Volume 1, Chapter 3]], how Kyon&#039;s dialogue is before its description, which is the opposite of normal English usage and expectation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1a&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:... let&#039;s begin searching!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;......What are we looking for?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Since no one else asked, I decided to do it myself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
vs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1b&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:... let&#039;s begin searching!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;Since no one else asked, I decided to do it myself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;......What are we looking for?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually quite a few examples of this pattern in the text, and I assume this sounds very natural in Chinese/Japanese.  In some cases this can be worked around by rewording, while still preserving order, and in some cases it can&#039;t.  In particular, it&#039;s hard to do so when the description follows a long passage of dialogue, as in [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter6|Volume 1, Chapter 6]] - Haruhi&#039;s monologue.  Even in cases where it can be worked around, it usually sounds awkward to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So my question is: Are there any objections to changing the sentence order in order to reflect the expectations of an English reader?  In particular, are there any places where doing so would change the meaning/impact of the text?  Of course, the second question is largely rhetorical, since nobody &#039;&#039;(except maybe Nagato Yuki)&#039;&#039; could mentally perform the transformation, and immediately post the results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In any case, I&#039;m willing to make the changes, but hopefully someone with access to &#039;&#039;(and understanding of)&#039;&#039; the original text can check to see that it doesn&#039;t break anything subtle, like parallelism or who-knows-what.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 21:25, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In that respect the first one, you cited is the one i&#039;ll expect a English speaker would say.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think limited rewording is for the best, but large ones i think we need to consult the translators on it.&lt;br /&gt;
Preserving the &amp;quot;impact&amp;quot; makes more sense for me. After all thats what that part of the story was suppose to communicate to the original Japanese readers, so it would be an insult to not attempt to change the sentence to give the same effect for the English readers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 23:43, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* First off, let me say that I have tempered my stance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What convinced me, in particular, was your comment that the story was originally meant to &amp;quot;communicate to the original Japanese readers.&amp;quot; And I agree that in no shape or form, should we attempt to hide the fact that this was originally a book written by a Japanese person, for a Japanese audience.  &#039;&#039;(Let&#039;s put aside for the moment that the chapters under discussion came from the Chinese translation.)&#039;&#039; In this light, I&#039;d rather have things sound slightly awkward, rather than have the meaning altered in order to facilitate a smoother English reading.  I believe people can mentally compensate for most aspects of style, as long as the meaning is there.  &#039;&#039;(I enjoyed reading the chapters, even before all the editing took place.)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(Don&#039;t read any further unless you enjoy semantics and English usage/feel issues.  You have been warned!)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That having been said, I still feel my second example to be slightly more natural sounding -- though I &#039;&#039;am&#039;&#039; starting to see how the other could be taken as natural sounding as well.  I&#039;m curious as to opinions on the following examples.  My own comments are at the end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1c&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:... let&#039;s begin searching!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:No one else is going to ask?  Fine, I&#039;ll do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;......What are we looking for?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1d&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:... let&#039;s begin searching!&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;......What are we looking for?&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:-- Since no one else had asked, I&#039;d decided to do it myself.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following is also from Volume 1, Chapter 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.2a (original)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Right, let&#039;s now begin the first SOS Brigade meeting!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi, who was standing on the commander&#039;s seat, suddenly shouted. Please stop startling people by suddenly shouting!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.2b&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Right, let&#039;s now begin the first SOS Brigade meeting!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:-- A sudden shout from Haruhi, while standing on the commander&#039;s seat. Please stop startling people by suddenly shouting!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.2c&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi, who was standing on the commander&#039;s seat, suddenly shouted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Right, let&#039;s now begin the first SOS Brigade meeting!&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Please stop startling people by suddenly shouting!&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is from Volume 1, Chapter 6.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.3a (original)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi stood by the railway tracks, sorry, the railway path, and began to talk. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;[Insert Haruhi monologue here]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi said endlessly as though giving a speech in a debate. When she finished she gave an expression of regretting ever saying all that, and looked at the sky in anguish. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.3b&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi stood by the railway tracks, sorry, the railway path, and began to talk. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;[Insert Haruhi monologue here]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi said this without pausing, as though giving a speech in a debate. When she finished she gave an expression of regretting ever saying all that, and looked at the sky in anguish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EX.3c&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:Haruhi stood by the railway tracks, sorry, the railway path, and began to talk.  She spoke without pausing, as though giving a speech in a debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&#039;[Insert Haruhi monologue here]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:When she finished she gave an expression of regretting ever saying all that, and looked at the sky in anguish. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;My comments:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.1c is how I mentally read EX.1b, and I suspect Onizuka&#039;s reading of EX.1a was closer to EX.1d&#039;s clarification.  I find EX.1c more colloquial than EX.1d, but either is reasonably natural sounding.  If I had to pick an &amp;quot;official&amp;quot; version, I&#039;d go with EX.1d, though I really like the &amp;quot;Kyon commentary&amp;quot; aspect of EX.1c.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.2a doesn&#039;t make sense to me -- unless you want to try reading it in the Harry Potter style. &#039;&#039;(shudder)&#039;&#039;  Even though EX.2c changes the sentence order, it sounds more natural to me than EX.2b, though I find either better than EX.2a in terms of making sense.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
EX.3a, English grammar issues aside, has odd semantics to me.  The meaning seems to be that Haruhi spoke some words after the explicit dialogue.  However, I don&#039;t believe this to be the case, based on previous patterns in the text.  Perhaps a translator could clarify?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ex.3b gives an unambiguous interpretation of EX.3a&#039;s meaning. EX.3c has the same meaning as EX.3b, but exchanges the dialogue/description order. I don&#039;t have a preference for either EX.3b, or EX.3c, so I would go with EX.3b, as it preserves order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the way, I believe it&#039;s a testament to the author that I wasn&#039;t particularly bored going over these examples along with the text.  &amp;quot;The Melancholy of Suzumiya Haruhi&amp;quot; has excellent replay value.  Hoping one day to reread it in the original Japanese...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:The naming game|The naming game]] 10:00, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ...I&#039;am temporarily speechless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is some very impressive detail analysis you have there, to be honest I can&#039;t really comment on it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best I allow the project Editors/Translators to discuss this with you, as I feel my average English Literature isn&#039;t really up to the task. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Goes back to hid in the Web Managment Cubical&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:17, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense is something we should quickly agree on I think. I point to the small conversation that started on this &lt;br /&gt;
[[Talk:Format_guideline#It_is_as_if_to_her.2C_the_guys_are_pumpkins_or_potato_sacks.2C_and_she_couldn.27t_care_less. | in Ch 1&#039;s discussions]] regarding how I think we ought to first agree on what &#039;the present&#039; is for Kyon&#039;s Narration.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 18:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ahh you mean this one?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Does anybody have any clarification on this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think uniform past tense in the prologue sounds better for sure, but if he&#039;s not revealing foreknowledge in the rest of the chapters, then present tense would seem to be more logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personally I agree, i mean Kyon speak for the present, he doesn&#039;t speak with the knowledge of the future of past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He&#039;s the vocal of the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess with have to check with an a translator to know if he ever does start to speak with hindsight/foresight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 19:07, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are certainly times when he speaks about the future, for example, from Chapter 1: &amp;quot;As I said, at first I felt very irritated, but later on I learned that all those people graduated from East Junior High.&amp;quot;  --[[User:Ryukaiser|Ryukaiser]] 20:24, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yes but that&#039;s an example from chapter 1, which I&#039;ve already suggested as being a &amp;quot;Let me tell you how I got to where I am in this newly formed, I-have-no-idea SOS-dan&amp;quot; backstory session. So Chapter 1 should also be in past tense I think. Chapter 2 onwards (perhaps right from the start of it, thus setting &#039;the present&#039; to just after Haruhi&#039;s Inspiration for a club) should be present tense narration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Of course, if it&#039;s explicitly clear he suddenly adds in a comment from future hindsight, then we do that in past tense. But I think it&#039;s pretty clear when those happen - incidentally do they happen much beyond chapter 1?&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:55, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah, well there you go.&lt;br /&gt;
it gets more complicated already.&lt;br /&gt;
i&#039;ll leave it up to you lot ^^;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 20:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is there anything in the Japanese text that would make the present tense an obvious choice?  If not, it shouldn&#039;t be used.  The present tense is very, very rarely used in professional-level English writing because it is so awkward and difficult to read.  Usually, it&#039;s only used when aiming for a specific style or with some other framing narrative that gives a specific reason for it.  Even then, though, it is normally considered undesirable; every writing course I&#039;ve ever taken has emphasized the fact that the present tense is to be avoided.  An extremely skilled writer can get away with it, but usually when they do so they&#039;ll be using it to &#039;&#039;deliberately&#039;&#039; trip their readers up or make their text seem strange (it&#039;s sometimes employed to that end in magical realism, for instance.)  I doubt that&#039;s the case here.  Anyway, it might be too late to say this, but in English-language fiction the past tense should usually be used unless you have an overwhelming reason to do otherwise; in almost all cases it is going to be clearer and flow more smoothly.  As one of my teachers once said, if you (as an inexperienced writer) are ever uncertain as to what tense you should be using, it is almost absolutely certain that you ought to be using the past tense. --[[User:Aquillion|Aquillion]] 23:31, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, I can&#039;t find any disputes to your point - once I get Immediate Past Tense in my head to distinguish from &amp;quot;Far Backstory Past Tense&amp;quot;, then I see no objection. It usually is easy to feel when the Present Tense is the best choice which is indeed rare. Ok, I&#039;ll wait to see if others have an opinion on this and we&#039;ll change the Format Guideline accordingly - I don&#039;t think it&#039;s too late and besides somebody can always do this Tense stuff for a chapter they haven&#039;t looked at before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Oh btw, Wiki hint: type four ~&#039;s together and it&#039;ll automatically generate a timestamp and your name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:25, 28 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I went back to the Japanese text and found that past tense is used a lot in straightforward event narration.  The thing is that Japanese just has past and non-past.  Translators have to use context to determine whether to use the myriad tenses of English: past perfect, present perfect, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the best rule of thumb would be to use present tense for the lines that are obviously Kyon&#039;s commentary, if you are using the Chinese novels as your material.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 03:35, 28 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== anything to put on the front page? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
just wondering if you lot got any guides you wanna put up yet?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it looks funny with those bits at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
unless this is not necessary, then i&#039;ll remove it. it&#039;s kinda bugging me now :/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:05, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... it seems people are continuing to deal with the chapter-specific stuff in each chapter&#039;s Talk page so the chapter-specific discussions that were cloned above can just be moved back I guess. Regarding overall issues, well discussion seems to have stopped. For now, why not put up the points made in the Dialogue Syntax section? i.e.&lt;br /&gt;
1) no parenthesis for when Kyon&#039;s &amp;quot;inner dialgue leaks out&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
2) the &amp;quot;no-line break for lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d like to also put up the point of setting Kyon&#039;s narration tense with the &#039;Kyon is telling the story in the present from Vol 1 Ch 2 onwards, and before that he was giving backstory&#039; rule of thumb. However, the lack of discussion on this point means we can&#039;t really put it up yet - there are valid alternate rules of thumb (e.g. most things after prologue/backstory-Ch-1 in immediate past tense) and we need to agree on one (even if that is as simple as &#039;whatever the original text uses&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps getting clearing the redundat chapter-specific discussions above would highlight how this has yet to be discussed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 08:59, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ok. well i&#039;ll just put those two points up for now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;ll look better with something to complain about then nothing to look at. like now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:31, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the &amp;quot;Narration Tenses&amp;quot; issue: to be honest, so long as we agree to stick to a consistent Tense processing standard, I&#039;m not really bothered with what we decide on - I tend to naturally focus more on where the English doesn&#039;t seem to flow right and what tense is being used usually doesn&#039;t register as a problem to me. So, if no further discussion happens on this, shall we just say &amp;quot;stick with whatever tenses the original text uses&amp;quot; for preservation purposes and be done with this stagnant subject? I think the translators are naturally preserving the tenses from the original text so asking them to stick with that policy seems good enough to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 09:35, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters with multiple Translators Conflicting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best we start discussing a solution to this, best to nip it in the buds, as this has potential to happen again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One idea I have in the future to have a translator &amp;quot;declare&amp;quot; which chapters they will commence work actively, one only. You cannot, &amp;quot;reserve&amp;quot; a chapter or do one chapter partly only to return to complete another one. Or alternativelr you could all agree together which should do which one, and we will note it down somewhere so that everyone sticks to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be easier for Editors to standardlize the entire chapter, then to have more then one translator working, as experienced in chapter 05 ([http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5#Translation_Issues|Chapter Chapter 05 Translation Issue]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then this will reduce the efficency, as most translators work faster then others, and this could result in random chapters being completed before others. at this moment i have&#039;t thought of a solution. &lt;br /&gt;
but from the top of my head, we could  split the chapters perhaps? and have fall back agreements,meaning that if a chapter is not completyed for whatever reason, the assigned translator for that chapter will know that another agreed translator will take over.&lt;br /&gt;
food for thought.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:08, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For small groups of people, it&#039;s best to keep things simple. Your suggested system may be necessary if we had 6+ active translators or so, but until then we can make do with a much simpler system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a page where translators announce the status of their work - what chapter and roughly how much of it they&#039;ve translated. I&#039;d imagine it would be most natural to work on one chapter at a time, but in case it&#039;s not... well have the translators discuss such points between themselves? Such discussion is easy in a small group like this provided necessary information (the status page) is readily available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 11:11, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mmm...I suppose so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But at this moment , there seems to be an agreement that Kinny will do Volume 01.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the others volumes beyond that, well that is open to debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kinny and Thelastguardian favours a volume to volume approach, while i&#039;am aware of the favouable arguments for it, i still do not believe it will ultilize the translators efficently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
however i do like your idea, it is best to show all transparency,&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best to inform everyone and discuss this matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disptes fears that more then one translator operating one volume will yield lower quality for faster times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a happy medium that i believe we can reach, too many translators perhaps but surely having a few quality translators on one volume with editors to suppport them will more then compensate for the fears of &amp;quot;inconsistent style&amp;quot; after all, isn&#039;t this the point of this page?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 11:20, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Standard English Words? i.e. &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just read the added contribution from kinny on Chapter 05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
noticed you used the word, &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sounds strange, i&#039;ve heard other alternatives such as The &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; seems to imply a planet wide group yet Itsuki mentioned it only consists of 10 known members. when put with that even &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot; seems a bit grand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
perhaps &amp;quot;brotherhood&amp;quot; sounds better?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either way i think its best we agree what words we should use, and also other important ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:21, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &amp;quot;Instrumentality&amp;quot; -- see discussion page for Chapter 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:57, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A couple of other standardising suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) &amp;quot;Literature Club&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Literacy Club&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) &amp;quot;Class 1-5&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Fifth Class&amp;quot; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no other discussion is generated on these two points after 2 days, I&#039;ll put them on the Format page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 16:04, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I completely endorse [[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&#039;s two points. These seem like simple and obvious standard translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 16:13, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 14:25, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got nothing to complain about that.&lt;br /&gt;
So i guess that&#039;s sorted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 14:49, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Japanese terms carried over ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notably &amp;quot;Moe&amp;quot; vs &#039;Turn-On Factor&#039; - this is something most people are familiar with and those who aren&#039;t can be pointed to an easy reference. [[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] made an edit to Ch 2 implementing Moe which I think is perfectly reasonable, but it does bring up the issue of whether we want to completely avoid all mention of Japanese words or we allow ourselves to use ones which are widely known by the general Anime fan population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other issue is to use &amp;quot;-sempai&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-senpai&amp;quot;: I&#039;m going with the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 05:09, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I believe Moe to be fine even with normal readers, because in the very next line it says &amp;quot;turn on factor&amp;quot;, so the explanation is built into the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 17:00, 27 April 2006 (EST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, i have noticed [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] constant activitives, anymore and i might have to put him/her on the new editors list. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m fine with Moe, As i tihnk majority of reads can understand it, but we can&#039;t assume that everyone knows this. Perhaps it&#039;s best to link the word to an explaination. We already began to do this already with certain words, except the linking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the senior issue, well it has been general accepted that the romanji spelling of that word is &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; i have yet to see anyone use &amp;quot;sempai&amp;quot;, not even in fansubs, although i&#039;ve seen it some dictionaries, but those are 10yrs out of date so i guess it doesn&#039;t count. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 05:36, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, most appearances in Ch 2 are in the &amp;quot;Sempai&amp;quot; spelling ^^;;  Well that can be changed - so we&#039;re going to stick with the &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; version then?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 06:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Best to put those points up, while your at it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:55, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, senpai &#039;&#039;is&#039;&#039; the romanization of the word...  [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &#039;&#039;senpai&#039;&#039;, too. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:04, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where&#039;s the &amp;quot;References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&amp;quot; section? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we&#039;ve agreed to link terms and references in some separate Notes/References section, but where should this be? [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1&#039;&#039;&#039;] The Discussion pages of each chapter? If so, we&#039;ll have to clean up those pages - old discussions archived away (or just deleted) while leaving space for current issues to still be debated. GTO, perhaps they should be unified to look something like this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Table of contents&lt;br /&gt;
* References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
* Current translation issues (with optional link to old discussions elsewhere?)&lt;br /&gt;
* (or maybe have Old Discussions stuck as an appendix at the bottom of the chapter&#039;s discussion page?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or would we rather hide casual readers from all our talk, therefore [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2&#039;&#039;&#039;] place Notes/References at the bottom of the main chapter&#039;s text after a horizontal line?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====While i would like to have everything related to be on one page====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But i guess thats not going to happen when people will continue to use the indivual chapters page, while it&#039;ll be great to have everything organised you must admit what you are proposing is going to a signifcant amount of time, if we use [option 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[option 2]&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time i don&#039;t think its right to mess up the chapters with the notes at the bottom. But i do like the idea of linking the words to something us, saves us all the restructuring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mean why don&#039;t we jus link the word when it first appears on the chapter, to the related notes/refs in the talk pages, once only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way if peope don&#039;t understand it, they can click it ,and get cluded in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but once only, it&#039;ll save time from changing all the same words to have the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:17, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh of course I meant we only link them once. My question was: where will that link point to? As in where do we explain what the Reference is? In the chapter&#039;s talk pages (so that people don&#039;t get spoilt of future things as might be the case in an &#039;all references are on this page&#039; situation)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Option 1 really shouldn&#039;t take much time. Ok fine, delay the &amp;quot;sort out discussions into current vs resolved&amp;quot; - how much work is it to create 1 section at the top of each chapter&#039;s talk page? Actually, this&#039;ll be much easier if I show you what I mean won&#039;t it? Ok, give me a few hours to deal with other things first, then I&#039;ll do Ch 2&#039;s talk page in what I mean by Option 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:51, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, Chapter 2&#039;s Talk page has been formated as per Option 1. If you want me to do the other chapters, I&#039;ll have to do them another day as I&#039;ve got approaching deadlines now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 12:18, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve given this matter some thought, and here&#039;s how I&#039;ve tried to resolve it. I&#039;m currently working on vol.2 ch.4, and in the Talk page for that chapter, I&#039;ve set up three main sections: &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Text&#039;&#039;&#039; for the original text of the novel (which is temporary - we&#039;re not producing a Japanese bootleg, here - and only while I&#039;m translating, as a reference); &#039;&#039;&#039;Translation Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; translation notes (that is, my cleaned-up versions of whatever discussion has taken place on each thorny spot, as well as remarks on in-text references); and &#039;&#039;&#039;Comments&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is where the editors, myself, and other visitors to the page can discuss the issues. The Comments section is obviously intended to be messy -- but ideally, when the translation is over, the Translation Notes section will be clean and immediately useable. When the project is complete, we can move the Translation Notes to a separate wikipage, one for each chapter), and maybe include links in the text to the relevant notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How&#039;s that? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:01, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So in the short-term, it means it&#039;ll boil down to &amp;quot;Translation Notes&amp;quot; and then a Discussion section as before. Well, certainly you&#039;ve hammered out details which are plausible and I have no objections. I guess it is more sensible to just leave Discussions/Comments as a mess and leave them like that, instead of wasting time organising them into &amp;quot;present&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;past&amp;quot;. Aye ok, seems we&#039;re going for Option 1 with FON&#039;s details then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 13:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well if you blokes have the time to do it, then i have no objections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 15:24, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chinese vs. Japanese Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think we need to figure out a policy for second-hand translations; not to be rude to Kinny Riddle or anything, the translations are great. It&#039;s just that we need a double-check or at least some way of making sure everything was accurate compared to the actual Japanese novel itself. Maybe not now, maybe sometime later in the future, but it&#039;d at least put to rest these translation nuances. Like a total checkover or something, if people don&#039;t get time to actually do the sort of stuff mentioned on the main page. --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 0:05, 26 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Must it be accurate to the Japanese version? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My point, must it be accurate to the Japanese novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just think that unless its a word that is absolute vital to the plot, then i don&#039;t think slight mistranslation would hinder it much.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then again, i don&#039;t see why we can&#039;t at leased check, if an editor has the time to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not saying we should start correcting whole sentence just to fit the original, but within sensible reason. And not just for the sake of perfection. (which isn&#039;t fun, when it becomes serious.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:21, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we&#039;d discussed over at Animesuki, while it&#039;s nice to be as accurate as possible to the original works, we shouldn&#039;t get too stressed or lose too much time to striving for that perfection. That&#039;s why I&#039;ve put up the disclaimer that some of these translations are based on the Chinese edition - they&#039;re not identical but they convey the story accurately enough (most people don&#039;t care for the trivial details). More Haruhi scripts of decent quality is preferred over few extremely perfect scripts. Deviations by the Chinese Edition that do get spotted in our scripts can be fixed as they are spotted by whoever happens to spot them (hence why Anonymous Edits have now been allowed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 21:33, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh yeah!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
........ (has a memory of a Goldfish)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
er, I remember...Just wanted to inform our non-animesuki contributors over here. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So er, guess that&#039;s sorted then. ^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:53, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm. Event though we agree to accept the slightly lowered standard of not having to stay true to the Japanese version, but accepting the second-hand translation from Chinese as a working standard, anyone who wants to fiddle with bringing the text in line with the Japanese version can still do so, right? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 01:27, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes that&#039;s right. We don&#039;t need to stress ourselves to get our drafts out at &amp;quot;identical in style, vocabulary and atmosphere to the Japanese novels&amp;quot; standard but anyone who wants to upgrade the text from our &amp;quot;acceptable&amp;quot; level to higher is free to tinker around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:24, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correct English terms for &#039;Shinjins&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Locked Space&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is to established the correct english terms to be used in future chapters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two terms to be discussed are &amp;quot;&#039;Shinjins&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Locked Space&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are no alternatives we will leave them as it is, but i would like to hear so alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I feel we should give &#039;Shinjins&amp;quot; an english version, perhaps &amp;quot;behemoth&amp;quot; even &amp;quot;leviathan&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;colossus&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for &amp;quot;locked space&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
perhaps, &amp;quot;Locked Dimension&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Closed Dimension&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
please discuss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 07:49, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My general experiance with translating is that &amp;quot;special terms&amp;quot; are often better off untranslated. One good reason why is that later on, the terms may be clarified or expanded upon by the author - in such cases, if an english word or phrase had been used, it may well need changing. Naturally, untranslated terms should always be explained to readers - ie what it means and why it is left untranslated. The word &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; is an existing word, which could be translated as &amp;quot;godlike person&amp;quot; and in the world of Haruhi, I think that is close to the intended meaning. The word doesn&#039;t accurately describe the being, and is pretty vague anyway, so translating it into an english word doesn&#039;t necessarily help. A word like &amp;quot;Titan&amp;quot; implies something large and with a human-like shape but a &amp;quot;Shinjin&amp;quot; isn&#039;t a physical creature or even alive - maybe something like &amp;quot;Golem&amp;quot; would more appropriate, but even then it implies something solid and physical while a Shinjin certainly isn&#039;t. In the case of &amp;quot;Heisa Kuukan&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;kuukan&amp;quot; is simply space or dimension in this case, while &amp;quot;heisa&amp;quot; could mean either &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; (as in a factory being closed / shut-down) or &amp;quot;exclusive&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;isolated&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;closed&amp;quot; (as in a &amp;quot;closed system&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;closed society&amp;quot;). I think the second meaning of &amp;quot;heisa&amp;quot; is the intended meaning for &amp;quot;Heisa Kuukan&amp;quot; - ie &amp;quot;Isolated Dimension&amp;quot;. Not translating special terms also saves on long-running arguments as to the &amp;quot;best&amp;quot; translation :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:84.12.192.200|84.12.192.200]] 10:55, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* mm...I kinda like &amp;quot;Isolated Dimension&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It does convey instant communication to what it means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not so sure about the &amp;quot;shinjin&amp;quot; though....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 12:11, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just brainstorming here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;heisa kuukan&#039;&#039; : Sequestered space, disconnected space, dead continuum, dissociated space&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;shinjin&#039;&#039; : Titans, Avatars, Colossi, Engrams&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:06, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh hey! &amp;quot;Engrams&amp;quot; sounds cool! It&#039;s somrthing i&#039;ll use to name my personal Mecha! But then again  no one will understand what it&#039;s meant to be, but &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; ...mmm...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;cite&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Those blue creatures, we call them &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Avatars&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, but, as I&#039;ve told you before, they are greatly related to Suzumiya-san&#039;s mental condition. We&#039;re the same, of course. Once a Locked Space appears, once the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Engrams&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; begin their movement.....&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/cite&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
actually &amp;quot;Engrams&amp;quot; do sound good, but &amp;quot;Avatars&amp;quot; is just as good. Can&#039;t decide yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the &amp;quot;locked space&amp;quot; i still like &amp;quot;Isolated Dimension&amp;quot; (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Edit: Actually I gave it some thought, and &amp;quot;Avatar&amp;quot; seems to be the one i like best.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 13:16, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As pseudo-scientific as it is, &amp;quot;engram&amp;quot; is actually the closest thing you come to a term describing what the blue giants&#039;s function is. Of course, it is laden down with baggage from its use in Scientology and NLP. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:04, 1 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since we&#039;re already using English translations for some of the other terms, it may be best to continue doing so for all other terms, in the interest of uniformity.  SOS Brigade instead of SOS-Dan, or Information Entity.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d go for Avatar for Shinjin, since those blue giants are manifestations of Haruhi&#039;s subconscious.  If we want to go for (pseudo) scientific, why not take a leaf from Freud&#039;s book and call them Avatars of Id, Id being the part of us that operates solely on the basis of utility, not caring what other people think.  Come to think of it, Haruhi is almost all Id.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for &amp;quot;Locked Space&amp;quot;, something about that wording just makes me fidget.  The kanji for heisa mean &amp;quot;Closed and Locked&amp;quot;, so I&#039;d like a term that adequately conveys both meanings, as well as being suitably poetic or descriptive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 07:56, 2 May 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=2278</id>
		<title>Talk:Format guideline</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=2278"/>
		<updated>2006-04-30T16:45:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Volume 01, Chapter 02 Discussion */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, so lets kick this up, what things should we address first? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which things should be established first?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
please use the &amp;quot;add comment&amp;quot; icon above.&lt;br /&gt;
Please scroll down for current Discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
Pervious Discussion on related format guidelinetopics have been copied here for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Volume 01, Chapter 01 Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
For discussion of issues solely related to Chapter 1, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|the discussion page for Chapter 1]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s language ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is mostly about thelastguardian&#039;s translation of Haruhi using &amp;quot;kick ass&amp;quot;.  Psieye toned it down to &amp;quot;awesome&amp;quot;.  Although I am personally against using strong language, if this same crude language is present in the original Japanese, I won&#039;t complain keeping the &amp;quot;kick ass.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 01:22, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruzz used the word &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; for that passage. It certainly seems the best choice but his whole style is different so perhaps &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; isn&#039;t what we&#039;re seeking here for this translation&#039;s style.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 23:44, 19 April 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess I&#039;ll jump in to say something. The original japanese line is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高校にはもっとラディカルなサークルがあると思ってたのに。&lt;br /&gt;
Koukou ni wa motto radikaruna saakuru ga aru to omotteta no ni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, I never even considered any other words except &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot;. It covers both bases, and frankly I&#039;d be willing to bet that the line is mostly referring to actual radicalness (differing from a norm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cruzz|Cruzz]] 10:21, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 02 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hyperion ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general story is seven pilgrims re-visiting a planet, and most of the book is composed of the life stories of each pilgrim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I read the first life story (the priest&#039;s) yesterday.  It&#039;s one powerful piece of writing.  I&#039;d call it one of the most striking scifi tales I&#039;ve read in the past year.  If you get the chance, go read it...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 09:45, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Fall of Hyperion ====&lt;br /&gt;
About this passage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;All the members are here today. Nagato Yuki sat in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about the effects of Saturn&#039;s satellites falling down. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but still obediently arrived, sitting on a steel chair looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original Japanese text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一応メンバーは揃っていた。相も変わらず長門有希は定位置で土星のマイナー衛星が落ちた&lt;br /&gt;
とかどうしたとかいうタイトルのハードカバーを読みふくり、来なくてもいいのに生真面目に&lt;br /&gt;
もちゃんとやって来た朝日奈みくるさんは在所なげにパイプ椅子に腰掛けている。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far as I can tell, a better translation of the passage would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Anyway, all the members were here today. Nagato Yuki was in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about a minor satellite of Saturn falling down, or something like that. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but had still obediently arrived, seated on a steel chair and looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the book in question (as we&#039;ve seen in the anime) has to be &#039;&#039;The Fall of Hyperion&#039;&#039; by Dan Simmons -- but equally obviously, Kyon doesn&#039;t recognize it, and thinks it&#039;s about Hyperion the satellite of Saturn. This is marked by the tentative nature of his &#039;&#039;to ka doushita to ka iu taitoru&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m changing this passage as shown, in the body text, but I just wanted to explain why I&#039;ve changed it this way. I really think that we might want to include a translator&#039;s footnote here, to the effect that we know which book is meant, but that the confusion was present in the original text, and is indisputably deliberate on the part of the author. Are we going to make footnotes? If so, this is a good place for one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 19:14, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 04 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Once it&#039;s all over, a post-mortem will be held to review and prepare for further developments. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Post-mortem? That sort of suggests a death, although I know what is trying to be said, but it might give the wrong meaning to other people. I wonder if there is another word we could substitute this with? Would anyone like to give a suggestion? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 07:44, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the military, they use the term &amp;quot;After Action Report&amp;quot; (abbr. AAR). --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 10:10, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debriefing? --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 23:03, 22 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 02:22, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review is already said in the sentence, but we could change that. Out of which do you think Haruhi would be the most likely to say? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 05:41, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be honest, I think &amp;quot;debriefing&amp;quot; fits in very well in the sentence. It also suits the quasi-militaristic secret superspy-agent-hero-fantasy world that the SOS Brigade has its roots in. &amp;quot;Once it&#039;s all over, a debriefing will be held to review and prepare for further developments.&amp;quot; See? It looks good. Kudos to &#039;&#039;&#039;velocity7&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;le mot juste&#039;&#039;.--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 05:54, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 05 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this material, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5|the discussion page for Chapter 5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Discussion - New Points Discussed Here ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dialogue syntax issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can tell from the first chapter, Kyon represses a significant amount of his thoughts during conversations.  Most of these thoughts take the form of a silent aside that the other characters are not aware of.  However, there are times when Kyon&#039;s inner dialogues are leaked out into the open but the parenthesis is left out.  For example, in Chapter 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;After class, Taniguchi, with his mystified face, tried to corner me. Taniguchi, you look like a total moron with that expression of yours!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Be quiet! I don&#039;t care what you say. Anyway, just what magic did you cast?&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what thelastguardian tells me, the lack of parenthesis is the author&#039;s style.  The reason I bring this up is because a casual reader might be confused in certain places when deciding whether Kyon speaks or not.  I believe the author&#039;s style should be reverted with no parentehsis added.  What is your opinion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another issue is how place the &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; and other such lines that directly reference to a character&#039;s line.  In the current format, such lines are separated by a space.  I&#039;m of the opinion these spaces should be closed and the short commentary following a line should be closed.  Already, this has been taken care of by others and myself in a few instances.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Which is why I&#039;m going to obtain one now,&amp;quot; Haruhi said, like a hunter looking for its prey.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But before I start linking dialogue to commentary, what do you think? --[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 23:32, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Agreed on closing some of the linebreaks for dialogue syntax. Breaking a new line all over the place probably looks right with Japanese text, but English novels are written with &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; descriptions and following commentaries on the same line as the dialogue (as well as further dialogue by the same person). Then again, Kyon&#039;s inner voice commentaries and asides I&#039;d count as &#039;dialogue&#039; and therefore require a change in line. For example, from Ch 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I see... I understand.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;What did you understand?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I&#039;ll quit the Calligraphy Club, and join your club...&amp;quot; Her voice is so full of sadness. &amp;quot;But, I don&#039;t know what the Literature Club does.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Oh and just to clarify, I don&#039;t think we need to add any &#039;somebody said,&#039; descriptions if they&#039;re not already there - as was discussed it is pretty easy to guess who&#039;s speaking what line even if we don&#039;t get &amp;quot;verbalised accents&amp;quot; (such as trademark deviations from Standard Japanese and -yo, -desu endings).&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:48, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Though on second thought, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;her voice is so full of sadness&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; and many other such descriptions feel like &#039;dialogue&#039;/&#039;monologue commentary&#039; since this is Kyon First Perspective afterall. Mmm... maybe making a finer distinction like this would just cause more trouble. Ok, I guess only doing the no-linebreak thing with &amp;quot;lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot; cases would be sensible, as Baltakatei originally suggested.&lt;br /&gt;
::--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:42, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense is something we should quickly agree on I think. I point to the small conversation that started on this &lt;br /&gt;
[[Talk:Format_guideline#It_is_as_if_to_her.2C_the_guys_are_pumpkins_or_potato_sacks.2C_and_she_couldn.27t_care_less. | in Ch 1&#039;s discussions]] regarding how I think we ought to first agree on what &#039;the present&#039; is for Kyon&#039;s Narration.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 18:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ahh you mean this one?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Does anybody have any clarification on this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think uniform past tense in the prologue sounds better for sure, but if he&#039;s not revealing foreknowledge in the rest of the chapters, then present tense would seem to be more logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personally I agree, i mean Kyon speak for the present, he doesn&#039;t speak with the knowledge of the future of past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He&#039;s the vocal of the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess with have to check with an a translator to know if he ever does start to speak with hindsight/foresight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 19:07, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are certainly times when he speaks about the future, for example, from Chapter 1: &amp;quot;As I said, at first I felt very irritated, but later on I learned that all those people graduated from East Junior High.&amp;quot;  --[[User:Ryukaiser|Ryukaiser]] 20:24, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yes but that&#039;s an example from chapter 1, which I&#039;ve already suggested as being a &amp;quot;Let me tell you how I got to where I am in this newly formed, I-have-no-idea SOS-dan&amp;quot; backstory session. So Chapter 1 should also be in past tense I think. Chapter 2 onwards (perhaps right from the start of it, thus setting &#039;the present&#039; to just after Haruhi&#039;s Inspiration for a club) should be present tense narration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Of course, if it&#039;s explicitly clear he suddenly adds in a comment from future hindsight, then we do that in past tense. But I think it&#039;s pretty clear when those happen - incidentally do they happen much beyond chapter 1?&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:55, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah, well there you go.&lt;br /&gt;
it gets more complicated already.&lt;br /&gt;
i&#039;ll leave it up to you lot ^^;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 20:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is there anything in the Japanese text that would make the present tense an obvious choice?  If not, it shouldn&#039;t be used.  The present tense is very, very rarely used in professional-level English writing because it is so awkward and difficult to read.  Usually, it&#039;s only used when aiming for a specific style or with some other framing narrative that gives a specific reason for it.  Even then, though, it is normally considered undesirable; every writing course I&#039;ve ever taken has emphasized the fact that the present tense is to be avoided.  An extremely skilled writer can get away with it, but usually when they do so they&#039;ll be using it to &#039;&#039;deliberately&#039;&#039; trip their readers up or make their text seem strange (it&#039;s sometimes employed to that end in magical realism, for instance.)  I doubt that&#039;s the case here.  Anyway, it might be too late to say this, but in English-language fiction the past tense should usually be used unless you have an overwhelming reason to do otherwise; in almost all cases it is going to be clearer and flow more smoothly.  As one of my teachers once said, if you (as an inexperienced writer) are ever uncertain as to what tense you should be using, it is almost absolutely certain that you ought to be using the past tense. --[[User:Aquillion|Aquillion]] 23:31, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, I can&#039;t find any disputes to your point - once I get Immediate Past Tense in my head to distinguish from &amp;quot;Far Backstory Past Tense&amp;quot;, then I see no objection. It usually is easy to feel when the Present Tense is the best choice which is indeed rare. Ok, I&#039;ll wait to see if others have an opinion on this and we&#039;ll change the Format Guideline accordingly - I don&#039;t think it&#039;s too late and besides somebody can always do this Tense stuff for a chapter they haven&#039;t looked at before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Oh btw, Wiki hint: type four ~&#039;s together and it&#039;ll automatically generate a timestamp and your name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:25, 28 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I went back to the Japanese text and found that past tense is used a lot in straightforward event narration.  The thing is that Japanese just has past and non-past.  Translators have to use context to determine whether to use the myriad tenses of English: past perfect, present perfect, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the best rule of thumb would be to use present tense for the lines that are obviously Kyon&#039;s commentary, if you are using the Chinese novels as your material.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 03:35, 28 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== anything to put on the front page? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
just wondering if you lot got any guides you wanna put up yet?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it looks funny with those bits at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
unless this is not necessary, then i&#039;ll remove it. it&#039;s kinda bugging me now :/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:05, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... it seems people are continuing to deal with the chapter-specific stuff in each chapter&#039;s Talk page so the chapter-specific discussions that were cloned above can just be moved back I guess. Regarding overall issues, well discussion seems to have stopped. For now, why not put up the points made in the Dialogue Syntax section? i.e.&lt;br /&gt;
1) no parenthesis for when Kyon&#039;s &amp;quot;inner dialgue leaks out&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
2) the &amp;quot;no-line break for lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d like to also put up the point of setting Kyon&#039;s narration tense with the &#039;Kyon is telling the story in the present from Vol 1 Ch 2 onwards, and before that he was giving backstory&#039; rule of thumb. However, the lack of discussion on this point means we can&#039;t really put it up yet - there are valid alternate rules of thumb (e.g. most things after prologue/backstory-Ch-1 in immediate past tense) and we need to agree on one (even if that is as simple as &#039;whatever the original text uses&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps getting clearing the redundat chapter-specific discussions above would highlight how this has yet to be discussed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 08:59, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ok. well i&#039;ll just put those two points up for now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;ll look better with something to complain about then nothing to look at. like now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:31, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the &amp;quot;Narration Tenses&amp;quot; issue: to be honest, so long as we agree to stick to a consistent Tense processing standard, I&#039;m not really bothered with what we decide on - I tend to naturally focus more on where the English doesn&#039;t seem to flow right and what tense is being used usually doesn&#039;t register as a problem to me. So, if no further discussion happens on this, shall we just say &amp;quot;stick with whatever tenses the original text uses&amp;quot; for preservation purposes and be done with this stagnant subject? I think the translators are naturally preserving the tenses from the original text so asking them to stick with that policy seems good enough to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 09:35, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters with multiple Translators Conflicting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best we start discussing a solution to this, best to nip it in the buds, as this has potential to happen again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One idea I have in the future to have a translator &amp;quot;declare&amp;quot; which chapters they will commence work actively, one only. You cannot, &amp;quot;reserve&amp;quot; a chapter or do one chapter partly only to return to complete another one. Or alternativelr you could all agree together which should do which one, and we will note it down somewhere so that everyone sticks to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be easier for Editors to standardlize the entire chapter, then to have more then one translator working, as experienced in chapter 05 ([http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5#Translation_Issues|Chapter Chapter 05 Translation Issue]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then this will reduce the efficency, as most translators work faster then others, and this could result in random chapters being completed before others. at this moment i have&#039;t thought of a solution. &lt;br /&gt;
but from the top of my head, we could  split the chapters perhaps? and have fall back agreements,meaning that if a chapter is not completyed for whatever reason, the assigned translator for that chapter will know that another agreed translator will take over.&lt;br /&gt;
food for thought.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:08, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For small groups of people, it&#039;s best to keep things simple. Your suggested system may be necessary if we had 6+ active translators or so, but until then we can make do with a much simpler system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a page where translators announce the status of their work - what chapter and roughly how much of it they&#039;ve translated. I&#039;d imagine it would be most natural to work on one chapter at a time, but in case it&#039;s not... well have the translators discuss such points between themselves? Such discussion is easy in a small group like this provided necessary information (the status page) is readily available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 11:11, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mmm...I suppose so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But at this moment , there seems to be an agreement that Kinny will do Volume 01.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the others volumes beyond that, well that is open to debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kinny and Thelastguardian favours a volume to volume approach, while i&#039;am aware of the favouable arguments for it, i still do not believe it will ultilize the translators efficently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
however i do like your idea, it is best to show all transparency,&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best to inform everyone and discuss this matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disptes fears that more then one translator operating one volume will yield lower quality for faster times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a happy medium that i believe we can reach, too many translators perhaps but surely having a few quality translators on one volume with editors to suppport them will more then compensate for the fears of &amp;quot;inconsistent style&amp;quot; after all, isn&#039;t this the point of this page?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 11:20, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Standard English Words? i.e. &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just read the added contribution from kinny on Chapter 05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
noticed you used the word, &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sounds strange, i&#039;ve heard other alternatives such as The &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; seems to imply a planet wide group yet Itsuki mentioned it only consists of 10 known members. when put with that even &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot; seems a bit grand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
perhaps &amp;quot;brotherhood&amp;quot; sounds better?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either way i think its best we agree what words we should use, and also other important ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:21, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &amp;quot;Instrumentality&amp;quot; -- see discussion page for Chapter 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:57, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A couple of other standardising suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) &amp;quot;Literature Club&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Literacy Club&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) &amp;quot;Class 1-5&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Fifth Class&amp;quot; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no other discussion is generated on these two points after 2 days, I&#039;ll put them on the Format page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 16:04, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I completely endorse [[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&#039;s two points. These seem like simple and obvious standard translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 16:13, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 14:25, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got nothing to complain about that.&lt;br /&gt;
So i guess that&#039;s sorted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 14:49, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Japanese terms carried over ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notably &amp;quot;Moe&amp;quot; vs &#039;Turn-On Factor&#039; - this is something most people are familiar with and those who aren&#039;t can be pointed to an easy reference. [[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] made an edit to Ch 2 implementing Moe which I think is perfectly reasonable, but it does bring up the issue of whether we want to completely avoid all mention of Japanese words or we allow ourselves to use ones which are widely known by the general Anime fan population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other issue is to use &amp;quot;-sempai&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-senpai&amp;quot;: I&#039;m going with the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 05:09, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I believe Moe to be fine even with normal readers, because in the very next line it says &amp;quot;turn on factor&amp;quot;, so the explanation is built into the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 17:00, 27 April 2006 (EST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, i have noticed [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] constant activitives, anymore and i might have to put him/her on the new editors list. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m fine with Moe, As i tihnk majority of reads can understand it, but we can&#039;t assume that everyone knows this. Perhaps it&#039;s best to link the word to an explaination. We already began to do this already with certain words, except the linking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the senior issue, well it has been general accepted that the romanji spelling of that word is &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; i have yet to see anyone use &amp;quot;sempai&amp;quot;, not even in fansubs, although i&#039;ve seen it some dictionaries, but those are 10yrs out of date so i guess it doesn&#039;t count. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 05:36, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, most appearances in Ch 2 are in the &amp;quot;Sempai&amp;quot; spelling ^^;;  Well that can be changed - so we&#039;re going to stick with the &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; version then?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 06:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Best to put those points up, while your at it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:55, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, senpai &#039;&#039;is&#039;&#039; the romanization of the word...  [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &#039;&#039;senpai&#039;&#039;, too. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:04, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where&#039;s the &amp;quot;References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&amp;quot; section? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we&#039;ve agreed to link terms and references in some separate Notes/References section, but where should this be? [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1&#039;&#039;&#039;] The Discussion pages of each chapter? If so, we&#039;ll have to clean up those pages - old discussions archived away (or just deleted) while leaving space for current issues to still be debated. GTO, perhaps they should be unified to look something like this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Table of contents&lt;br /&gt;
* References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
* Current translation issues (with optional link to old discussions elsewhere?)&lt;br /&gt;
* (or maybe have Old Discussions stuck as an appendix at the bottom of the chapter&#039;s discussion page?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or would we rather hide casual readers from all our talk, therefore [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2&#039;&#039;&#039;] place Notes/References at the bottom of the main chapter&#039;s text after a horizontal line?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====While i would like to have everything related to be on one page====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But i guess thats not going to happen when people will continue to use the indivual chapters page, while it&#039;ll be great to have everything organised you must admit what you are proposing is going to a signifcant amount of time, if we use [option 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[option 2]&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time i don&#039;t think its right to mess up the chapters with the notes at the bottom. But i do like the idea of linking the words to something us, saves us all the restructuring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mean why don&#039;t we jus link the word when it first appears on the chapter, to the related notes/refs in the talk pages, once only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way if peope don&#039;t understand it, they can click it ,and get cluded in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but once only, it&#039;ll save time from changing all the same words to have the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:17, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh of course I meant we only link them once. My question was: where will that link point to? As in where do we explain what the Reference is? In the chapter&#039;s talk pages (so that people don&#039;t get spoilt of future things as might be the case in an &#039;all references are on this page&#039; situation)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Option 1 really shouldn&#039;t take much time. Ok fine, delay the &amp;quot;sort out discussions into current vs resolved&amp;quot; - how much work is it to create 1 section at the top of each chapter&#039;s talk page? Actually, this&#039;ll be much easier if I show you what I mean won&#039;t it? Ok, give me a few hours to deal with other things first, then I&#039;ll do Ch 2&#039;s talk page in what I mean by Option 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:51, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, Chapter 2&#039;s Talk page has been formated as per Option 1. If you want me to do the other chapters, I&#039;ll have to do them another day as I&#039;ve got approaching deadlines now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 12:18, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve given this matter some thought, and here&#039;s how I&#039;ve tried to resolve it. I&#039;m currently working on vol.2 ch.4, and in the Talk page for that chapter, I&#039;ve set up three main sections: &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Text&#039;&#039;&#039; for the original text of the novel (which is temporary - we&#039;re not producing a Japanese bootleg, here - and only while I&#039;m translating, as a reference); &#039;&#039;&#039;Translation Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; translation notes (that is, my cleaned-up versions of whatever discussion has taken place on each thorny spot, as well as remarks on in-text references); and &#039;&#039;&#039;Comments&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is where the editors, myself, and other visitors to the page can discuss the issues. The Comments section is obviously intended to be messy -- but ideally, when the translation is over, the Translation Notes section will be clean and immediately useable. When the project is complete, we can move the Translation Notes to a separate wikipage, one for each chapter), and maybe include links in the text to the relevant notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How&#039;s that? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:01, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So in the short-term, it means it&#039;ll boil down to &amp;quot;Translation Notes&amp;quot; and then a Discussion section as before. Well, certainly you&#039;ve hammered out details which are plausible and I have no objections. I guess it is more sensible to just leave Discussions/Comments as a mess and leave them like that, instead of wasting time organising them into &amp;quot;present&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;past&amp;quot;. Aye ok, seems we&#039;re going for Option 1 with FON&#039;s details then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 13:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well if you blokes have the time to do it, then i have no objections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 15:24, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chinese vs. Japanese Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think we need to figure out a policy for second-hand translations; not to be rude to Kinny Riddle or anything, the translations are great. It&#039;s just that we need a double-check or at least some way of making sure everything was accurate compared to the actual Japanese novel itself. Maybe not now, maybe sometime later in the future, but it&#039;d at least put to rest these translation nuances. Like a total checkover or something, if people don&#039;t get time to actually do the sort of stuff mentioned on the main page. --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 0:05, 26 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Must it be accurate to the Japanese version? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My point, must it be accurate to the Japanese novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just think that unless its a word that is absolute vital to the plot, then i don&#039;t think slight mistranslation would hinder it much.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then again, i don&#039;t see why we can&#039;t at leased check, if an editor has the time to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not saying we should start correcting whole sentence just to fit the original, but within sensible reason. And not just for the sake of perfection. (which isn&#039;t fun, when it becomes serious.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:21, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we&#039;d discussed over at Animesuki, while it&#039;s nice to be as accurate as possible to the original works, we shouldn&#039;t get too stressed or lose too much time to striving for that perfection. That&#039;s why I&#039;ve put up the disclaimer that some of these translations are based on the Chinese edition - they&#039;re not identical but they convey the story accurately enough (most people don&#039;t care for the trivial details). More Haruhi scripts of decent quality is preferred over few extremely perfect scripts. Deviations by the Chinese Edition that do get spotted in our scripts can be fixed as they are spotted by whoever happens to spot them (hence why Anonymous Edits have now been allowed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 21:33, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh yeah!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
........ (has a memory of a Goldfish)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
er, I remember...Just wanted to inform our non-animesuki contributors over here. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So er, guess that&#039;s sorted then. ^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:53, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm. Event though we agree to accept the slightly lowered standard of not having to stay true to the Japanese version, but accepting the second-hand translation from Chinese as a working standard, anyone who wants to fiddle with bringing the text in line with the Japanese version can still do so, right? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 01:27, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes that&#039;s right. We don&#039;t need to stress ourselves to get our drafts out at &amp;quot;identical in style, vocabulary and atmosphere to the Japanese novels&amp;quot; standard but anyone who wants to upgrade the text from our &amp;quot;acceptable&amp;quot; level to higher is free to tinker around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:24, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter6&amp;diff=2277</id>
		<title>Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi:Volume1 Chapter6</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter6&amp;diff=2277"/>
		<updated>2006-04-30T16:39:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Notes on the second section */  Cognitive Dissonance&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Such a tease! [[User:69.223.51.25|69.223.51.25]] 08:52, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Birthmark ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmmm ... I kind of like the more mature and less shy Asahina. And ZOMG she smexed Kyon?! o__O&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Some notes on the first section ==&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not skilled in English enough to edit the text itself, so I write down here differences or something I noticed comparing the original novel with the translation. (including two-bite characters)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first sentence&lt;br /&gt;
:As with yesterday, today I found yet another letter inside my shoe locker.&lt;br /&gt;
:その懸念事項は封筒の形をして昨日に引き続き俺の下駄箱に入っていた。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, the third (?) paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
:There, on a piece of paper with smilies symbols all over it, were written the following words.&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;I will be waiting for you in the club room during lunch break&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
:Mikuru-chan &lt;br /&gt;
:印刷された少女キャラのイラストが微笑む便箋の真ん中に、&lt;br /&gt;
:『昼休み、部室で待ってます   みくる』&lt;br /&gt;
The fifth or sixth paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
:I never want to go through such life-threatening situations again.&lt;br /&gt;
:ほいさと出かけて行って、また生命の危機に直面するのは御免こうむりたい。&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:59.143.134.204|59.143.134.204]] 01:46, 29 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Notes on the second section ==&lt;br /&gt;
Differences I noticed comparing the novel and translation.  Some of them are very subtle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:After the fourth session, I was surrounded by Taniguchi, staring at me with meaningful eyes;...&lt;br /&gt;
:四時限が終わるや俺は、休み時間の間から意味深な視線を送ってくる谷口に話しかけられたり一緒に弁当食べようと国木田が近寄ったり職員室に行って朝倉の引っ越し先を調べようとかハルヒが言い出す前に、弁当も持たずに教室から脱出した。部室まで早歩き。 (Kyon wasn&#039;t surrounded by Taniguchi or others)&lt;br /&gt;
The third paragraph&lt;br /&gt;
:In three minutes, I arrived at the club room door. I knocked first.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Please come in.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
:三分とかからず、俺は文芸部室の前に立つ。とりあえずノック。&lt;br /&gt;
:「あ、はーい」&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:59.143.134.204|59.143.134.204]] 02:04, 29 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
Next,&lt;br /&gt;
:It was Asahina&#039;s voice, there was no doubt about it. Alright, I could relax and go in!&lt;br /&gt;
:確かに朝比奈さんの声だった。間違いない。俺が朝比奈さんの声を聞き間違えるわけがない。どうやら本物だ。安心して、入る。 (&amp;quot;I cannot misunderstand her voice.&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:She wore a white blouse and a black mini-skirt,...&lt;br /&gt;
:白いブラウスと黒のミニタイトスカートをはいている髪の長いシルエット。 (A silouhette with long hair in a white blouse and...)&lt;br /&gt;
Next paragraph,&lt;br /&gt;
:But why did she resemble Asahina so much?&lt;br /&gt;
:しかしそれでもなお、彼女は朝比奈さんとウリ二つだった。何もかもが。&lt;br /&gt;
Later,&lt;br /&gt;
:She looked surprised for a while, then smiled and winked her eyes, shaking her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;
:その人は可笑しそうに目を細めて肩を震わせた。 (she is not surprised in the original text)&lt;br /&gt;
Two paragraphs later,&lt;br /&gt;
:Looking at the beauty standing ahead of me, I realized how beautiful she&#039;d grown.&lt;br /&gt;
:朝比奈さんが大人になったらこんな感じの美人になるだろうなというそのまんまな美人がここにいた。 (The beauty standing ahead of me was exactly the one that I would assume Asahina would be when she is grown up.)&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:59.143.134.204|59.143.134.204]] 02:30, 29 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
:Though I was kinda forced into seeing her change when she dressed as a bunny girl a while ago,...&lt;br /&gt;
:そんな際どい部分まで見ることが出来たのは、バニーガールのコスプレをしていた時と、不可抗力で着替えを覗いてしまった時くらいだが、 (Kyon had two kinds of situations he could have seen the birthmark)&lt;br /&gt;
:While I was thinking the above,&lt;br /&gt;
:俺がその旨を伝えると、 (When I told it to her,)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:...and she blushed furiously.&lt;br /&gt;
:それから急激に赤くなった。 (suddenly)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Right now I can believe anything.&lt;br /&gt;
:今の俺はたいていのことは信じてしまえるような性格を獲得したので&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Yes, the me from the past......right now, she&#039;s sitting with her classmates having lunch in the classroom.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:「はい。過去の……わたしから見れば過去のわたしは、現在教室でクラスメイトたちとお弁当中です」&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;Does that Asahina know you&#039;re here?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;No, after all, she is my past.&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
:「そっちの朝比奈さんはあなたが来ていることを……」&lt;br /&gt;
:「知りません。実際知りませんでしたし。だってそれ、わたしの過去だもの」(Asahina in the present time doesn&#039;t know another herself is here because the Asahina from the further future doesn&#039;t remember another herself was there then)&lt;br /&gt;
Several lines later,&lt;br /&gt;
:I looked at the slightly taller Asahina.&lt;br /&gt;
:俺は今や背丈のそう変わらない朝比奈さんを見つめた。 (Here the original expression is a bit ambiguous: does this mean the grown-up Asahina is nearly as tall as Kyon?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:No......it&#039;s more serious than that.&lt;br /&gt;
:それではないんです。もっと……そうですね、 (The older Mikuru does not explicitly say Kyon will face a more serious situation)&lt;br /&gt;
A few lines later,&lt;br /&gt;
:I used to wear this often.&lt;br /&gt;
:よくこんなの着れたなあ、わたし。 (&amp;quot;How could I wear something like this?&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I can&#039;t believe I could wear such a thing!&amp;quot; or the like?)&lt;br /&gt;
Three lines later,&lt;br /&gt;
:Some people are just born to have costumes worn on them.&lt;br /&gt;
:何を着ても似合う人というのはいるものだ。試しに訊いてみる。 (plus the last sentence.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:She said with a weak sigh.&lt;br /&gt;
:鈴虫のため息のような声。 (suzumushi...a cricket?)&lt;br /&gt;
And after &#039;&#039;Asahina turned and shook her hair out, then gave a seductive smile, &amp;quot;No comment~.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; the section ends (two lines of blank in the original novel).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-[[User:59.143.134.204|59.143.134.204]] 03:12, 29 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Haruhi&#039;s mental state:&lt;br /&gt;
The original text was &amp;quot;they create a see-saw conflict within her heart&amp;quot;.  I changed that to &amp;quot;they create cognitive dissonance&amp;quot;, which is the formal psychological description for the phenomenon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That&#039;s the only non-grammar/structure edit I made from 20% to 70%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 09:39, 30 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=2204</id>
		<title>Talk:Format guideline</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=2204"/>
		<updated>2006-04-28T10:35:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Kyon&amp;#039;s Narration Tense */  went back to japanese text&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, so lets kick this up, what things should we address first? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which things should be established first?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
please use the &amp;quot;add comment&amp;quot; icon above.&lt;br /&gt;
Please scroll down for current Discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
Pervious Discussion on related format guidelinetopics have been copied here for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Volume 01, Chapter 01 Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
For discussion of issues solely related to Chapter 1, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|the discussion page for Chapter 1]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s language ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is mostly about thelastguardian&#039;s translation of Haruhi using &amp;quot;kick ass&amp;quot;.  Psieye toned it down to &amp;quot;awesome&amp;quot;.  Although I am personally against using strong language, if this same crude language is present in the original Japanese, I won&#039;t complain keeping the &amp;quot;kick ass.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 01:22, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruzz used the word &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; for that passage. It certainly seems the best choice but his whole style is different so perhaps &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; isn&#039;t what we&#039;re seeking here for this translation&#039;s style.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 23:44, 19 April 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess I&#039;ll jump in to say something. The original japanese line is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高校にはもっとラディカルなサークルがあると思ってたのに。&lt;br /&gt;
Koukou ni wa motto radikaruna saakuru ga aru to omotteta no ni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, I never even considered any other words except &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot;. It covers both bases, and frankly I&#039;d be willing to bet that the line is mostly referring to actual radicalness (differing from a norm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cruzz|Cruzz]] 10:21, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 02 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Fall of Hyperion ====&lt;br /&gt;
About this passage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;All the members are here today. Nagato Yuki sat in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about the effects of Saturn&#039;s satellites falling down. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but still obediently arrived, sitting on a steel chair looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original Japanese text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一応メンバーは揃っていた。相も変わらず長門有希は定位置で土星のマイナー衛星が落ちた&lt;br /&gt;
とかどうしたとかいうタイトルのハードカバーを読みふくり、来なくてもいいのに生真面目に&lt;br /&gt;
もちゃんとやって来た朝日奈みくるさんは在所なげにパイプ椅子に腰掛けている。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far as I can tell, a better translation of the passage would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Anyway, all the members were here today. Nagato Yuki was in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about a minor satellite of Saturn falling down, or something like that. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but had still obediently arrived, seated on a steel chair and looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the book in question (as we&#039;ve seen in the anime) has to be &#039;&#039;The Fall of Hyperion&#039;&#039; by Dan Simmons -- but equally obviously, Kyon doesn&#039;t recognize it, and thinks it&#039;s about Hyperion the satellite of Saturn. This is marked by the tentative nature of his &#039;&#039;to ka doushita to ka iu taitoru&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m changing this passage as shown, in the body text, but I just wanted to explain why I&#039;ve changed it this way. I really think that we might want to include a translator&#039;s footnote here, to the effect that we know which book is meant, but that the confusion was present in the original text, and is indisputably deliberate on the part of the author. Are we going to make footnotes? If so, this is a good place for one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 19:14, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 04 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Once it&#039;s all over, a post-mortem will be held to review and prepare for further developments. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Post-mortem? That sort of suggests a death, although I know what is trying to be said, but it might give the wrong meaning to other people. I wonder if there is another word we could substitute this with? Would anyone like to give a suggestion? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 07:44, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the military, they use the term &amp;quot;After Action Report&amp;quot; (abbr. AAR). --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 10:10, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debriefing? --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 23:03, 22 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 02:22, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review is already said in the sentence, but we could change that. Out of which do you think Haruhi would be the most likely to say? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 05:41, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be honest, I think &amp;quot;debriefing&amp;quot; fits in very well in the sentence. It also suits the quasi-militaristic secret superspy-agent-hero-fantasy world that the SOS Brigade has its roots in. &amp;quot;Once it&#039;s all over, a debriefing will be held to review and prepare for further developments.&amp;quot; See? It looks good. Kudos to &#039;&#039;&#039;velocity7&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;le mot juste&#039;&#039;.--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 05:54, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 05 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this material, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5|the discussion page for Chapter 5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Discussion - New Points Discussed Here ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dialogue syntax issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can tell from the first chapter, Kyon represses a significant amount of his thoughts during conversations.  Most of these thoughts take the form of a silent aside that the other characters are not aware of.  However, there are times when Kyon&#039;s inner dialogues are leaked out into the open but the parenthesis is left out.  For example, in Chapter 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;After class, Taniguchi, with his mystified face, tried to corner me. Taniguchi, you look like a total moron with that expression of yours!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Be quiet! I don&#039;t care what you say. Anyway, just what magic did you cast?&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what thelastguardian tells me, the lack of parenthesis is the author&#039;s style.  The reason I bring this up is because a casual reader might be confused in certain places when deciding whether Kyon speaks or not.  I believe the author&#039;s style should be reverted with no parentehsis added.  What is your opinion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another issue is how place the &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; and other such lines that directly reference to a character&#039;s line.  In the current format, such lines are separated by a space.  I&#039;m of the opinion these spaces should be closed and the short commentary following a line should be closed.  Already, this has been taken care of by others and myself in a few instances.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Which is why I&#039;m going to obtain one now,&amp;quot; Haruhi said, like a hunter looking for its prey.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But before I start linking dialogue to commentary, what do you think? --[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 23:32, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Agreed on closing some of the linebreaks for dialogue syntax. Breaking a new line all over the place probably looks right with Japanese text, but English novels are written with &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; descriptions and following commentaries on the same line as the dialogue (as well as further dialogue by the same person). Then again, Kyon&#039;s inner voice commentaries and asides I&#039;d count as &#039;dialogue&#039; and therefore require a change in line. For example, from Ch 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I see... I understand.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;What did you understand?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I&#039;ll quit the Calligraphy Club, and join your club...&amp;quot; Her voice is so full of sadness. &amp;quot;But, I don&#039;t know what the Literature Club does.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Oh and just to clarify, I don&#039;t think we need to add any &#039;somebody said,&#039; descriptions if they&#039;re not already there - as was discussed it is pretty easy to guess who&#039;s speaking what line even if we don&#039;t get &amp;quot;verbalised accents&amp;quot; (such as trademark deviations from Standard Japanese and -yo, -desu endings).&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:48, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Though on second thought, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;her voice is so full of sadness&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; and many other such descriptions feel like &#039;dialogue&#039;/&#039;monologue commentary&#039; since this is Kyon First Perspective afterall. Mmm... maybe making a finer distinction like this would just cause more trouble. Ok, I guess only doing the no-linebreak thing with &amp;quot;lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot; cases would be sensible, as Baltakatei originally suggested.&lt;br /&gt;
::--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:42, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense is something we should quickly agree on I think. I point to the small conversation that started on this &lt;br /&gt;
[[Talk:Format_guideline#It_is_as_if_to_her.2C_the_guys_are_pumpkins_or_potato_sacks.2C_and_she_couldn.27t_care_less. | in Ch 1&#039;s discussions]] regarding how I think we ought to first agree on what &#039;the present&#039; is for Kyon&#039;s Narration.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 18:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ahh you mean this one?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Does anybody have any clarification on this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think uniform past tense in the prologue sounds better for sure, but if he&#039;s not revealing foreknowledge in the rest of the chapters, then present tense would seem to be more logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personally I agree, i mean Kyon speak for the present, he doesn&#039;t speak with the knowledge of the future of past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He&#039;s the vocal of the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess with have to check with an a translator to know if he ever does start to speak with hindsight/foresight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 19:07, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are certainly times when he speaks about the future, for example, from Chapter 1: &amp;quot;As I said, at first I felt very irritated, but later on I learned that all those people graduated from East Junior High.&amp;quot;  --[[User:Ryukaiser|Ryukaiser]] 20:24, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yes but that&#039;s an example from chapter 1, which I&#039;ve already suggested as being a &amp;quot;Let me tell you how I got to where I am in this newly formed, I-have-no-idea SOS-dan&amp;quot; backstory session. So Chapter 1 should also be in past tense I think. Chapter 2 onwards (perhaps right from the start of it, thus setting &#039;the present&#039; to just after Haruhi&#039;s Inspiration for a club) should be present tense narration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Of course, if it&#039;s explicitly clear he suddenly adds in a comment from future hindsight, then we do that in past tense. But I think it&#039;s pretty clear when those happen - incidentally do they happen much beyond chapter 1?&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:55, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah, well there you go.&lt;br /&gt;
it gets more complicated already.&lt;br /&gt;
i&#039;ll leave it up to you lot ^^;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 20:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Is there anything in the Japanese text that would make the present tense an obvious choice?  If not, it shouldn&#039;t be used.  The present tense is very, very rarely used in professional-level English writing because it is so awkward and difficult to read.  Usually, it&#039;s only used when aiming for a specific style or with some other framing narrative that gives a specific reason for it.  Even then, though, it is normally considered undesirable; every writing course I&#039;ve ever taken has emphasized the fact that the present tense is to be avoided.  An extremely skilled writer can get away with it, but usually when they do so they&#039;ll be using it to &#039;&#039;deliberately&#039;&#039; trip their readers up or make their text seem strange (it&#039;s sometimes employed to that end in magical realism, for instance.)  I doubt that&#039;s the case here.  Anyway, it might be too late to say this, but in English-language fiction the past tense should usually be used unless you have an overwhelming reason to do otherwise; in almost all cases it is going to be clearer and flow more smoothly.  As one of my teachers once said, if you (as an inexperienced writer) are ever uncertain as to what tense you should be using, it is almost absolutely certain that you ought to be using the past tense. --[[User:Aquillion|Aquillion]] 23:31, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm, I can&#039;t find any disputes to your point - once I get Immediate Past Tense in my head to distinguish from &amp;quot;Far Backstory Past Tense&amp;quot;, then I see no objection. It usually is easy to feel when the Present Tense is the best choice which is indeed rare. Ok, I&#039;ll wait to see if others have an opinion on this and we&#039;ll change the Format Guideline accordingly - I don&#039;t think it&#039;s too late and besides somebody can always do this Tense stuff for a chapter they haven&#039;t looked at before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Oh btw, Wiki hint: type four ~&#039;s together and it&#039;ll automatically generate a timestamp and your name)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:25, 28 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I went back to the Japanese text and found that past tense is used a lot in straightforward event narration.  The thing is that Japanese just has past and non-past.  Translators have to use context to determine whether to use the myriad tenses of English: past perfect, present perfect, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps the best rule of thumb would be to use present tense for the lines that are obviously Kyon&#039;s commentary, if you are using the Chinese novels as your material.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 03:35, 28 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== anything to put on the front page? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
just wondering if you lot got any guides you wanna put up yet?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it looks funny with those bits at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
unless this is not necessary, then i&#039;ll remove it. it&#039;s kinda bugging me now :/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:05, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... it seems people are continuing to deal with the chapter-specific stuff in each chapter&#039;s Talk page so the chapter-specific discussions that were cloned above can just be moved back I guess. Regarding overall issues, well discussion seems to have stopped. For now, why not put up the points made in the Dialogue Syntax section? i.e.&lt;br /&gt;
1) no parenthesis for when Kyon&#039;s &amp;quot;inner dialgue leaks out&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
2) the &amp;quot;no-line break for lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d like to also put up the point of setting Kyon&#039;s narration tense with the &#039;Kyon is telling the story in the present from Vol 1 Ch 2 onwards, and before that he was giving backstory&#039; rule of thumb. However, the lack of discussion on this point means we can&#039;t really put it up yet - there are valid alternate rules of thumb (e.g. most things after prologue/backstory-Ch-1 in immediate past tense) and we need to agree on one (even if that is as simple as &#039;whatever the original text uses&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps getting clearing the redundat chapter-specific discussions above would highlight how this has yet to be discussed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 08:59, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ok. well i&#039;ll just put those two points up for now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;ll look better with something to complain about then nothing to look at. like now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:31, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the &amp;quot;Narration Tenses&amp;quot; issue: to be honest, so long as we agree to stick to a consistent Tense processing standard, I&#039;m not really bothered with what we decide on - I tend to naturally focus more on where the English doesn&#039;t seem to flow right and what tense is being used usually doesn&#039;t register as a problem to me. So, if no further discussion happens on this, shall we just say &amp;quot;stick with whatever tenses the original text uses&amp;quot; for preservation purposes and be done with this stagnant subject? I think the translators are naturally preserving the tenses from the original text so asking them to stick with that policy seems good enough to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 09:35, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters with multiple Translators Conflicting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best we start discussing a solution to this, best to nip it in the buds, as this has potential to happen again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One idea I have in the future to have a translator &amp;quot;declare&amp;quot; which chapters they will commence work actively, one only. You cannot, &amp;quot;reserve&amp;quot; a chapter or do one chapter partly only to return to complete another one. Or alternativelr you could all agree together which should do which one, and we will note it down somewhere so that everyone sticks to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be easier for Editors to standardlize the entire chapter, then to have more then one translator working, as experienced in chapter 05 ([http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5#Translation_Issues|Chapter Chapter 05 Translation Issue]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then this will reduce the efficency, as most translators work faster then others, and this could result in random chapters being completed before others. at this moment i have&#039;t thought of a solution. &lt;br /&gt;
but from the top of my head, we could  split the chapters perhaps? and have fall back agreements,meaning that if a chapter is not completyed for whatever reason, the assigned translator for that chapter will know that another agreed translator will take over.&lt;br /&gt;
food for thought.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:08, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For small groups of people, it&#039;s best to keep things simple. Your suggested system may be necessary if we had 6+ active translators or so, but until then we can make do with a much simpler system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a page where translators announce the status of their work - what chapter and roughly how much of it they&#039;ve translated. I&#039;d imagine it would be most natural to work on one chapter at a time, but in case it&#039;s not... well have the translators discuss such points between themselves? Such discussion is easy in a small group like this provided necessary information (the status page) is readily available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 11:11, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mmm...I suppose so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But at this moment , there seems to be an agreement that Kinny will do Volume 01.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the others volumes beyond that, well that is open to debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kinny and Thelastguardian favours a volume to volume approach, while i&#039;am aware of the favouable arguments for it, i still do not believe it will ultilize the translators efficently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
however i do like your idea, it is best to show all transparency,&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best to inform everyone and discuss this matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disptes fears that more then one translator operating one volume will yield lower quality for faster times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a happy medium that i believe we can reach, too many translators perhaps but surely having a few quality translators on one volume with editors to suppport them will more then compensate for the fears of &amp;quot;inconsistent style&amp;quot; after all, isn&#039;t this the point of this page?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 11:20, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Standard English Words? i.e. &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just read the added contribution from kinny on Chapter 05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
noticed you used the word, &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sounds strange, i&#039;ve heard other alternatives such as The &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; seems to imply a planet wide group yet Itsuki mentioned it only consists of 10 known members. when put with that even &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot; seems a bit grand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
perhaps &amp;quot;brotherhood&amp;quot; sounds better?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either way i think its best we agree what words we should use, and also other important ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:21, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &amp;quot;Instrumentality&amp;quot; -- see discussion page for Chapter 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:57, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A couple of other standardising suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) &amp;quot;Literature Club&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Literacy Club&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) &amp;quot;Class 1-5&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Fifth Class&amp;quot; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no other discussion is generated on these two points after 2 days, I&#039;ll put them on the Format page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 16:04, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I completely endorse [[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&#039;s two points. These seem like simple and obvious standard translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 16:13, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 14:25, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got nothing to complain about that.&lt;br /&gt;
So i guess that&#039;s sorted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 14:49, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Japanese terms carried over ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notably &amp;quot;Moe&amp;quot; vs &#039;Turn-On Factor&#039; - this is something most people are familiar with and those who aren&#039;t can be pointed to an easy reference. [[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] made an edit to Ch 2 implementing Moe which I think is perfectly reasonable, but it does bring up the issue of whether we want to completely avoid all mention of Japanese words or we allow ourselves to use ones which are widely known by the general Anime fan population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other issue is to use &amp;quot;-sempai&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-senpai&amp;quot;: I&#039;m going with the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 05:09, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I believe Moe to be fine even with normal readers, because in the very next line it says &amp;quot;turn on factor&amp;quot;, so the explanation is built into the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 17:00, 27 April 2006 (EST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, i have noticed [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] constant activitives, anymore and i might have to put him/her on the new editors list. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m fine with Moe, As i tihnk majority of reads can understand it, but we can&#039;t assume that everyone knows this. Perhaps it&#039;s best to link the word to an explaination. We already began to do this already with certain words, except the linking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the senior issue, well it has been general accepted that the romanji spelling of that word is &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; i have yet to see anyone use &amp;quot;sempai&amp;quot;, not even in fansubs, although i&#039;ve seen it some dictionaries, but those are 10yrs out of date so i guess it doesn&#039;t count. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 05:36, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, most appearances in Ch 2 are in the &amp;quot;Sempai&amp;quot; spelling ^^;;  Well that can be changed - so we&#039;re going to stick with the &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; version then?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 06:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Best to put those points up, while your at it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:55, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, senpai &#039;&#039;is&#039;&#039; the romanization of the word...  [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &#039;&#039;senpai&#039;&#039;, too. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 14:04, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where&#039;s the &amp;quot;References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&amp;quot; section? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we&#039;ve agreed to link terms and references in some separate Notes/References section, but where should this be? [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1&#039;&#039;&#039;] The Discussion pages of each chapter? If so, we&#039;ll have to clean up those pages - old discussions archived away (or just deleted) while leaving space for current issues to still be debated. GTO, perhaps they should be unified to look something like this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Table of contents&lt;br /&gt;
* References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
* Current translation issues (with optional link to old discussions elsewhere?)&lt;br /&gt;
* (or maybe have Old Discussions stuck as an appendix at the bottom of the chapter&#039;s discussion page?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or would we rather hide casual readers from all our talk, therefore [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2&#039;&#039;&#039;] place Notes/References at the bottom of the main chapter&#039;s text after a horizontal line?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====While i would like to have everything related to be on one page====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But i guess thats not going to happen when people will continue to use the indivual chapters page, while it&#039;ll be great to have everything organised you must admit what you are proposing is going to a signifcant amount of time, if we use [option 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[option 2]&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time i don&#039;t think its right to mess up the chapters with the notes at the bottom. But i do like the idea of linking the words to something us, saves us all the restructuring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mean why don&#039;t we jus link the word when it first appears on the chapter, to the related notes/refs in the talk pages, once only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way if peope don&#039;t understand it, they can click it ,and get cluded in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but once only, it&#039;ll save time from changing all the same words to have the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:17, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh of course I meant we only link them once. My question was: where will that link point to? As in where do we explain what the Reference is? In the chapter&#039;s talk pages (so that people don&#039;t get spoilt of future things as might be the case in an &#039;all references are on this page&#039; situation)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Option 1 really shouldn&#039;t take much time. Ok fine, delay the &amp;quot;sort out discussions into current vs resolved&amp;quot; - how much work is it to create 1 section at the top of each chapter&#039;s talk page? Actually, this&#039;ll be much easier if I show you what I mean won&#039;t it? Ok, give me a few hours to deal with other things first, then I&#039;ll do Ch 2&#039;s talk page in what I mean by Option 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:51, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, Chapter 2&#039;s Talk page has been formated as per Option 1. If you want me to do the other chapters, I&#039;ll have to do them another day as I&#039;ve got approaching deadlines now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 12:18, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve given this matter some thought, and here&#039;s how I&#039;ve tried to resolve it. I&#039;m currently working on vol.2 ch.4, and in the Talk page for that chapter, I&#039;ve set up three main sections: &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Text&#039;&#039;&#039; for the original text of the novel (which is temporary - we&#039;re not producing a Japanese bootleg, here - and only while I&#039;m translating, as a reference); &#039;&#039;&#039;Translation Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; translation notes (that is, my cleaned-up versions of whatever discussion has taken place on each thorny spot, as well as remarks on in-text references); and &#039;&#039;&#039;Comments&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is where the editors, myself, and other visitors to the page can discuss the issues. The Comments section is obviously intended to be messy -- but ideally, when the translation is over, the Translation Notes section will be clean and immediately useable. When the project is complete, we can move the Translation Notes to a separate wikipage, one for each chapter), and maybe include links in the text to the relevant notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How&#039;s that? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:01, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So in the short-term, it means it&#039;ll boil down to &amp;quot;Translation Notes&amp;quot; and then a Discussion section as before. Well, certainly you&#039;ve hammered out details which are plausible and I have no objections. I guess it is more sensible to just leave Discussions/Comments as a mess and leave them like that, instead of wasting time organising them into &amp;quot;present&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;past&amp;quot;. Aye ok, seems we&#039;re going for Option 1 with FON&#039;s details then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 13:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well if you blokes have the time to do it, then i have no objections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 15:24, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chinese vs. Japanese Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think we need to figure out a policy for second-hand translations; not to be rude to Kinny Riddle or anything, the translations are great. It&#039;s just that we need a double-check or at least some way of making sure everything was accurate compared to the actual Japanese novel itself. Maybe not now, maybe sometime later in the future, but it&#039;d at least put to rest these translation nuances. Like a total checkover or something, if people don&#039;t get time to actually do the sort of stuff mentioned on the main page. --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 0:05, 26 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Must it be accurate to the Japanese version? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My point, must it be accurate to the Japanese novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just think that unless its a word that is absolute vital to the plot, then i don&#039;t think slight mistranslation would hinder it much.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then again, i don&#039;t see why we can&#039;t at leased check, if an editor has the time to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not saying we should start correcting whole sentence just to fit the original, but within sensible reason. And not just for the sake of perfection. (which isn&#039;t fun, when it becomes serious.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:21, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we&#039;d discussed over at Animesuki, while it&#039;s nice to be as accurate as possible to the original works, we shouldn&#039;t get too stressed or lose too much time to striving for that perfection. That&#039;s why I&#039;ve put up the disclaimer that some of these translations are based on the Chinese edition - they&#039;re not identical but they convey the story accurately enough (most people don&#039;t care for the trivial details). More Haruhi scripts of decent quality is preferred over few extremely perfect scripts. Deviations by the Chinese Edition that do get spotted in our scripts can be fixed as they are spotted by whoever happens to spot them (hence why Anonymous Edits have now been allowed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 21:33, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh yeah!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
........ (has a memory of a Goldfish)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
er, I remember...Just wanted to inform our non-animesuki contributors over here. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So er, guess that&#039;s sorted then. ^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:53, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm. Event though we agree to accept the slightly lowered standard of not having to stay true to the Japanese version, but accepting the second-hand translation from Chinese as a working standard, anyone who wants to fiddle with bringing the text in line with the Japanese version can still do so, right? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 01:27, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes that&#039;s right. We don&#039;t need to stress ourselves to get our drafts out at &amp;quot;identical in style, vocabulary and atmosphere to the Japanese novels&amp;quot; standard but anyone who wants to upgrade the text from our &amp;quot;acceptable&amp;quot; level to higher is free to tinker around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:24, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Eleutheria&amp;diff=2183</id>
		<title>User:Eleutheria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Eleutheria&amp;diff=2183"/>
		<updated>2006-04-27T21:01:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sex: Male&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Home Base: College&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proofreader by trade.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=2182</id>
		<title>Talk:Format guideline</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Talk:Format_guideline&amp;diff=2182"/>
		<updated>2006-04-27T20:58:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Common Japanese terms carried over */  input&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hello, so lets kick this up, what things should we address first? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Which things should be established first?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
please use the &amp;quot;add comment&amp;quot; icon above.&lt;br /&gt;
Please scroll down for current Discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
Pervious Discussion on related format guidelinetopics have been copied here for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Volume 01, Chapter 01 Discussion==&lt;br /&gt;
For discussion of issues solely related to Chapter 1, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|the discussion page for Chapter 1]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;s language ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is mostly about thelastguardian&#039;s translation of Haruhi using &amp;quot;kick ass&amp;quot;.  Psieye toned it down to &amp;quot;awesome&amp;quot;.  Although I am personally against using strong language, if this same crude language is present in the original Japanese, I won&#039;t complain keeping the &amp;quot;kick ass.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
-- [[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 01:22, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cruzz used the word &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; for that passage. It certainly seems the best choice but his whole style is different so perhaps &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot; isn&#039;t what we&#039;re seeking here for this translation&#039;s style.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 23:44, 19 April 2006 (GMT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess I&#039;ll jump in to say something. The original japanese line is: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
高校にはもっとラディカルなサークルがあると思ってたのに。&lt;br /&gt;
Koukou ni wa motto radikaruna saakuru ga aru to omotteta no ni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As such, I never even considered any other words except &amp;quot;radical&amp;quot;. It covers both bases, and frankly I&#039;d be willing to bet that the line is mostly referring to actual radicalness (differing from a norm).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Cruzz|Cruzz]] 10:21, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 02 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The Fall of Hyperion ====&lt;br /&gt;
About this passage:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;All the members are here today. Nagato Yuki sat in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about the effects of Saturn&#039;s satellites falling down. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but still obediently arrived, sitting on a steel chair looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The original Japanese text is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
一応メンバーは揃っていた。相も変わらず長門有希は定位置で土星のマイナー衛星が落ちた&lt;br /&gt;
とかどうしたとかいうタイトルのハードカバーを読みふくり、来なくてもいいのに生真面目に&lt;br /&gt;
もちゃんとやって来た朝日奈みくるさんは在所なげにパイプ椅子に腰掛けている。&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So far as I can tell, a better translation of the passage would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Anyway, all the members were here today. Nagato Yuki was in her usual spot, reading a hardback book about a minor satellite of Saturn falling down, or something like that. Asahina didn&#039;t have to come but had still obediently arrived, seated on a steel chair and looking confused.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Obviously, the book in question (as we&#039;ve seen in the anime) has to be &#039;&#039;The Fall of Hyperion&#039;&#039; by Dan Simmons -- but equally obviously, Kyon doesn&#039;t recognize it, and thinks it&#039;s about Hyperion the satellite of Saturn. This is marked by the tentative nature of his &#039;&#039;to ka doushita to ka iu taitoru&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m changing this passage as shown, in the body text, but I just wanted to explain why I&#039;ve changed it this way. I really think that we might want to include a translator&#039;s footnote here, to the effect that we know which book is meant, but that the confusion was present in the original text, and is indisputably deliberate on the part of the author. Are we going to make footnotes? If so, this is a good place for one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 19:14, 19 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 04 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Once it&#039;s all over, a post-mortem will be held to review and prepare for further developments. ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Post-mortem? That sort of suggests a death, although I know what is trying to be said, but it might give the wrong meaning to other people. I wonder if there is another word we could substitute this with? Would anyone like to give a suggestion? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 07:44, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the military, they use the term &amp;quot;After Action Report&amp;quot; (abbr. AAR). --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 10:10, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Debriefing? --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 23:03, 22 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review. --[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 02:22, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Review is already said in the sentence, but we could change that. Out of which do you think Haruhi would be the most likely to say? --[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 05:41, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be honest, I think &amp;quot;debriefing&amp;quot; fits in very well in the sentence. It also suits the quasi-militaristic secret superspy-agent-hero-fantasy world that the SOS Brigade has its roots in. &amp;quot;Once it&#039;s all over, a debriefing will be held to review and prepare for further developments.&amp;quot; See? It looks good. Kudos to &#039;&#039;&#039;velocity7&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;le mot juste&#039;&#039;.--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 05:54, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Volume 01, Chapter 05 Discussion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this material, please see [[Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5|the discussion page for Chapter 5]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Current Discussion - New Points Discussed Here ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dialogue syntax issues ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can tell from the first chapter, Kyon represses a significant amount of his thoughts during conversations.  Most of these thoughts take the form of a silent aside that the other characters are not aware of.  However, there are times when Kyon&#039;s inner dialogues are leaked out into the open but the parenthesis is left out.  For example, in Chapter 1:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;After class, Taniguchi, with his mystified face, tried to corner me. Taniguchi, you look like a total moron with that expression of yours!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Be quiet! I don&#039;t care what you say. Anyway, just what magic did you cast?&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From what thelastguardian tells me, the lack of parenthesis is the author&#039;s style.  The reason I bring this up is because a casual reader might be confused in certain places when deciding whether Kyon speaks or not.  I believe the author&#039;s style should be reverted with no parentehsis added.  What is your opinion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another issue is how place the &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; and other such lines that directly reference to a character&#039;s line.  In the current format, such lines are separated by a space.  I&#039;m of the opinion these spaces should be closed and the short commentary following a line should be closed.  Already, this has been taken care of by others and myself in a few instances.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Which is why I&#039;m going to obtain one now,&amp;quot; Haruhi said, like a hunter looking for its prey.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But before I start linking dialogue to commentary, what do you think? --[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]] 23:32, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Agreed on closing some of the linebreaks for dialogue syntax. Breaking a new line all over the place probably looks right with Japanese text, but English novels are written with &amp;quot;Haruhi said&amp;quot; descriptions and following commentaries on the same line as the dialogue (as well as further dialogue by the same person). Then again, Kyon&#039;s inner voice commentaries and asides I&#039;d count as &#039;dialogue&#039; and therefore require a change in line. For example, from Ch 2:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I see... I understand.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;What did you understand?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I&#039;ll quit the Calligraphy Club, and join your club...&amp;quot; Her voice is so full of sadness. &amp;quot;But, I don&#039;t know what the Literature Club does.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Oh and just to clarify, I don&#039;t think we need to add any &#039;somebody said,&#039; descriptions if they&#039;re not already there - as was discussed it is pretty easy to guess who&#039;s speaking what line even if we don&#039;t get &amp;quot;verbalised accents&amp;quot; (such as trademark deviations from Standard Japanese and -yo, -desu endings).&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:48, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::Though on second thought, &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;her voice is so full of sadness&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; and many other such descriptions feel like &#039;dialogue&#039;/&#039;monologue commentary&#039; since this is Kyon First Perspective afterall. Mmm... maybe making a finer distinction like this would just cause more trouble. Ok, I guess only doing the no-linebreak thing with &amp;quot;lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot; cases would be sensible, as Baltakatei originally suggested.&lt;br /&gt;
::--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:42, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kyon&#039;s Narration Tense is something we should quickly agree on I think. I point to the small conversation that started on this &lt;br /&gt;
[[Talk:Format_guideline#It_is_as_if_to_her.2C_the_guys_are_pumpkins_or_potato_sacks.2C_and_she_couldn.27t_care_less. | in Ch 1&#039;s discussions]] regarding how I think we ought to first agree on what &#039;the present&#039; is for Kyon&#039;s Narration.&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 18:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Ahh you mean this one?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Does anybody have any clarification on this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think uniform past tense in the prologue sounds better for sure, but if he&#039;s not revealing foreknowledge in the rest of the chapters, then present tense would seem to be more logical.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
personally I agree, i mean Kyon speak for the present, he doesn&#039;t speak with the knowledge of the future of past.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
He&#039;s the vocal of the audience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I guess with have to check with an a translator to know if he ever does start to speak with hindsight/foresight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 19:07, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are certainly times when he speaks about the future, for example, from Chapter 1: &amp;quot;As I said, at first I felt very irritated, but later on I learned that all those people graduated from East Junior High.&amp;quot;  --[[User:Ryukaiser|Ryukaiser]] 20:24, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Yes but that&#039;s an example from chapter 1, which I&#039;ve already suggested as being a &amp;quot;Let me tell you how I got to where I am in this newly formed, I-have-no-idea SOS-dan&amp;quot; backstory session. So Chapter 1 should also be in past tense I think. Chapter 2 onwards (perhaps right from the start of it, thus setting &#039;the present&#039; to just after Haruhi&#039;s Inspiration for a club) should be present tense narration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Of course, if it&#039;s explicitly clear he suddenly adds in a comment from future hindsight, then we do that in past tense. But I think it&#039;s pretty clear when those happen - incidentally do they happen much beyond chapter 1?&lt;br /&gt;
:--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:55, 22 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ah, well there you go.&lt;br /&gt;
it gets more complicated already.&lt;br /&gt;
i&#039;ll leave it up to you lot ^^;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 20:39, 21 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== anything to put on the front page? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
just wondering if you lot got any guides you wanna put up yet?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
it looks funny with those bits at the bottom. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
unless this is not necessary, then i&#039;ll remove it. it&#039;s kinda bugging me now :/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:05, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm... it seems people are continuing to deal with the chapter-specific stuff in each chapter&#039;s Talk page so the chapter-specific discussions that were cloned above can just be moved back I guess. Regarding overall issues, well discussion seems to have stopped. For now, why not put up the points made in the Dialogue Syntax section? i.e.&lt;br /&gt;
1) no parenthesis for when Kyon&#039;s &amp;quot;inner dialgue leaks out&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
2) the &amp;quot;no-line break for lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;d like to also put up the point of setting Kyon&#039;s narration tense with the &#039;Kyon is telling the story in the present from Vol 1 Ch 2 onwards, and before that he was giving backstory&#039; rule of thumb. However, the lack of discussion on this point means we can&#039;t really put it up yet - there are valid alternate rules of thumb (e.g. most things after prologue/backstory-Ch-1 in immediate past tense) and we need to agree on one (even if that is as simple as &#039;whatever the original text uses&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Perhaps getting clearing the redundat chapter-specific discussions above would highlight how this has yet to be discussed?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 08:59, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ok. well i&#039;ll just put those two points up for now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;ll look better with something to complain about then nothing to look at. like now. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:31, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regarding the &amp;quot;Narration Tenses&amp;quot; issue: to be honest, so long as we agree to stick to a consistent Tense processing standard, I&#039;m not really bothered with what we decide on - I tend to naturally focus more on where the English doesn&#039;t seem to flow right and what tense is being used usually doesn&#039;t register as a problem to me. So, if no further discussion happens on this, shall we just say &amp;quot;stick with whatever tenses the original text uses&amp;quot; for preservation purposes and be done with this stagnant subject? I think the translators are naturally preserving the tenses from the original text so asking them to stick with that policy seems good enough to me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 09:35, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chapters with multiple Translators Conflicting ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best we start discussing a solution to this, best to nip it in the buds, as this has potential to happen again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One idea I have in the future to have a translator &amp;quot;declare&amp;quot; which chapters they will commence work actively, one only. You cannot, &amp;quot;reserve&amp;quot; a chapter or do one chapter partly only to return to complete another one. Or alternativelr you could all agree together which should do which one, and we will note it down somewhere so that everyone sticks to it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be easier for Editors to standardlize the entire chapter, then to have more then one translator working, as experienced in chapter 05 ([http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Talk:Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5#Translation_Issues|Chapter Chapter 05 Translation Issue]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then this will reduce the efficency, as most translators work faster then others, and this could result in random chapters being completed before others. at this moment i have&#039;t thought of a solution. &lt;br /&gt;
but from the top of my head, we could  split the chapters perhaps? and have fall back agreements,meaning that if a chapter is not completyed for whatever reason, the assigned translator for that chapter will know that another agreed translator will take over.&lt;br /&gt;
food for thought.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:08, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For small groups of people, it&#039;s best to keep things simple. Your suggested system may be necessary if we had 6+ active translators or so, but until then we can make do with a much simpler system:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a page where translators announce the status of their work - what chapter and roughly how much of it they&#039;ve translated. I&#039;d imagine it would be most natural to work on one chapter at a time, but in case it&#039;s not... well have the translators discuss such points between themselves? Such discussion is easy in a small group like this provided necessary information (the status page) is readily available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 11:11, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mmm...I suppose so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But at this moment , there seems to be an agreement that Kinny will do Volume 01.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the others volumes beyond that, well that is open to debate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kinny and Thelastguardian favours a volume to volume approach, while i&#039;am aware of the favouable arguments for it, i still do not believe it will ultilize the translators efficently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
however i do like your idea, it is best to show all transparency,&lt;br /&gt;
I think it&#039;s best to inform everyone and discuss this matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Disptes fears that more then one translator operating one volume will yield lower quality for faster times. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a happy medium that i believe we can reach, too many translators perhaps but surely having a few quality translators on one volume with editors to suppport them will more then compensate for the fears of &amp;quot;inconsistent style&amp;quot; after all, isn&#039;t this the point of this page?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 11:20, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Standard English Words? i.e. &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just read the added contribution from kinny on Chapter 05.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
noticed you used the word, &amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sounds strange, i&#039;ve heard other alternatives such as The &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Consortium&amp;quot; seems to imply a planet wide group yet Itsuki mentioned it only consists of 10 known members. when put with that even &amp;quot;Organisation&amp;quot; seems a bit grand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
perhaps &amp;quot;brotherhood&amp;quot; sounds better?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either way i think its best we agree what words we should use, and also other important ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 10:21, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I vote for &amp;quot;Instrumentality&amp;quot; -- see discussion page for Chapter 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:57, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A couple of other standardising suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) &amp;quot;Literature Club&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Literacy Club&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2) &amp;quot;Class 1-5&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Fifth Class&amp;quot; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no other discussion is generated on these two points after 2 days, I&#039;ll put them on the Format page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 16:04, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I completely endorse [[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&#039;s two points. These seem like simple and obvious standard translations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 16:13, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Adelina|Adelina]] 14:25, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Got nothing to complain about that.&lt;br /&gt;
So i guess that&#039;s sorted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 14:49, 24 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Common Japanese terms carried over ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notably &amp;quot;Moe&amp;quot; vs &#039;Turn-On Factor&#039; - this is something most people are familiar with and those who aren&#039;t can be pointed to an easy reference. [[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] made an edit to Ch 2 implementing Moe which I think is perfectly reasonable, but it does bring up the issue of whether we want to completely avoid all mention of Japanese words or we allow ourselves to use ones which are widely known by the general Anime fan population.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other issue is to use &amp;quot;-sempai&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-senpai&amp;quot;: I&#039;m going with the former.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 05:09, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I believe Moe to be fine even with normal readers, because in the very next line it says &amp;quot;turn on factor&amp;quot;, so the explanation is built into the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 17:00, 27 April 2006 (EST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, i have noticed [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] constant activitives, anymore and i might have to put him/her on the new editors list. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m fine with Moe, As i tihnk majority of reads can understand it, but we can&#039;t assume that everyone knows this. Perhaps it&#039;s best to link the word to an explaination. We already began to do this already with certain words, except the linking.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for the senior issue, well it has been general accepted that the romanji spelling of that word is &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; i have yet to see anyone use &amp;quot;sempai&amp;quot;, not even in fansubs, although i&#039;ve seen it some dictionaries, but those are 10yrs out of date so i guess it doesn&#039;t count. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 05:36, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Actually, most appearances in Ch 2 are in the &amp;quot;Sempai&amp;quot; spelling ^^;;  Well that can be changed - so we&#039;re going to stick with the &amp;quot;Senpai&amp;quot; version then?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 06:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Best to put those points up, while your at it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 06:55, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Well, senpai &#039;&#039;is&#039;&#039; the romanization of the word...  [[Eleutheria|Eleutheria]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Where&#039;s the &amp;quot;References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&amp;quot; section? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So we&#039;ve agreed to link terms and references in some separate Notes/References section, but where should this be? [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 1&#039;&#039;&#039;] The Discussion pages of each chapter? If so, we&#039;ll have to clean up those pages - old discussions archived away (or just deleted) while leaving space for current issues to still be debated. GTO, perhaps they should be unified to look something like this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Table of contents&lt;br /&gt;
* References &amp;amp; Translator&#039;s Notes&lt;br /&gt;
* Current translation issues (with optional link to old discussions elsewhere?)&lt;br /&gt;
* (or maybe have Old Discussions stuck as an appendix at the bottom of the chapter&#039;s discussion page?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or would we rather hide casual readers from all our talk, therefore [&#039;&#039;&#039;Option 2&#039;&#039;&#039;] place Notes/References at the bottom of the main chapter&#039;s text after a horizontal line?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====While i would like to have everything related to be on one page====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But i guess thats not going to happen when people will continue to use the indivual chapters page, while it&#039;ll be great to have everything organised you must admit what you are proposing is going to a signifcant amount of time, if we use [option 1]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[option 2]&lt;br /&gt;
At the same time i don&#039;t think its right to mess up the chapters with the notes at the bottom. But i do like the idea of linking the words to something us, saves us all the restructuring.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I mean why don&#039;t we jus link the word when it first appears on the chapter, to the related notes/refs in the talk pages, once only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way if peope don&#039;t understand it, they can click it ,and get cluded in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but once only, it&#039;ll save time from changing all the same words to have the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 09:17, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Oh of course I meant we only link them once. My question was: where will that link point to? As in where do we explain what the Reference is? In the chapter&#039;s talk pages (so that people don&#039;t get spoilt of future things as might be the case in an &#039;all references are on this page&#039; situation)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Besides, Option 1 really shouldn&#039;t take much time. Ok fine, delay the &amp;quot;sort out discussions into current vs resolved&amp;quot; - how much work is it to create 1 section at the top of each chapter&#039;s talk page? Actually, this&#039;ll be much easier if I show you what I mean won&#039;t it? Ok, give me a few hours to deal with other things first, then I&#039;ll do Ch 2&#039;s talk page in what I mean by Option 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 10:51, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ok, Chapter 2&#039;s Talk page has been formated as per Option 1. If you want me to do the other chapters, I&#039;ll have to do them another day as I&#039;ve got approaching deadlines now.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 12:18, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;ve given this matter some thought, and here&#039;s how I&#039;ve tried to resolve it. I&#039;m currently working on vol.2 ch.4, and in the Talk page for that chapter, I&#039;ve set up three main sections: &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Text&#039;&#039;&#039; for the original text of the novel (which is temporary - we&#039;re not producing a Japanese bootleg, here - and only while I&#039;m translating, as a reference); &#039;&#039;&#039;Translation Notes&#039;&#039;&#039; for &#039;&#039;my&#039;&#039; translation notes (that is, my cleaned-up versions of whatever discussion has taken place on each thorny spot, as well as remarks on in-text references); and &#039;&#039;&#039;Comments&#039;&#039;&#039; (which is where the editors, myself, and other visitors to the page can discuss the issues. The Comments section is obviously intended to be messy -- but ideally, when the translation is over, the Translation Notes section will be clean and immediately useable. When the project is complete, we can move the Translation Notes to a separate wikipage, one for each chapter), and maybe include links in the text to the relevant notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How&#039;s that? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 13:01, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So in the short-term, it means it&#039;ll boil down to &amp;quot;Translation Notes&amp;quot; and then a Discussion section as before. Well, certainly you&#039;ve hammered out details which are plausible and I have no objections. I guess it is more sensible to just leave Discussions/Comments as a mess and leave them like that, instead of wasting time organising them into &amp;quot;present&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;past&amp;quot;. Aye ok, seems we&#039;re going for Option 1 with FON&#039;s details then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 13:23, 27 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Chinese vs. Japanese Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I think we need to figure out a policy for second-hand translations; not to be rude to Kinny Riddle or anything, the translations are great. It&#039;s just that we need a double-check or at least some way of making sure everything was accurate compared to the actual Japanese novel itself. Maybe not now, maybe sometime later in the future, but it&#039;d at least put to rest these translation nuances. Like a total checkover or something, if people don&#039;t get time to actually do the sort of stuff mentioned on the main page. --[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] 0:05, 26 April 2006 (EDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Must it be accurate to the Japanese version? ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My point, must it be accurate to the Japanese novel?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I just think that unless its a word that is absolute vital to the plot, then i don&#039;t think slight mistranslation would hinder it much.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But then again, i don&#039;t see why we can&#039;t at leased check, if an editor has the time to do it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I&#039;m not saying we should start correcting whole sentence just to fit the original, but within sensible reason. And not just for the sake of perfection. (which isn&#039;t fun, when it becomes serious.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:21, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we&#039;d discussed over at Animesuki, while it&#039;s nice to be as accurate as possible to the original works, we shouldn&#039;t get too stressed or lose too much time to striving for that perfection. That&#039;s why I&#039;ve put up the disclaimer that some of these translations are based on the Chinese edition - they&#039;re not identical but they convey the story accurately enough (most people don&#039;t care for the trivial details). More Haruhi scripts of decent quality is preferred over few extremely perfect scripts. Deviations by the Chinese Edition that do get spotted in our scripts can be fixed as they are spotted by whoever happens to spot them (hence why Anonymous Edits have now been allowed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 21:33, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
oh yeah!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
........ (has a memory of a Goldfish)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
er, I remember...Just wanted to inform our non-animesuki contributors over here. (^^;)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So er, guess that&#039;s sorted then. ^^)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 21:53, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hmm. Event though we agree to accept the slightly lowered standard of not having to stay true to the Japanese version, but accepting the second-hand translation from Chinese as a working standard, anyone who wants to fiddle with bringing the text in line with the Japanese version can still do so, right? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]] 01:27, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yes that&#039;s right. We don&#039;t need to stress ourselves to get our drafts out at &amp;quot;identical in style, vocabulary and atmosphere to the Japanese novels&amp;quot; standard but anyone who wants to upgrade the text from our &amp;quot;acceptable&amp;quot; level to higher is free to tinker around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 03:24, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Format_guideline&amp;diff=2155</id>
		<title>Format guideline</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Format_guideline&amp;diff=2155"/>
		<updated>2006-04-27T08:20:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: /* Dialogue and Narration Syntax Section */  tenses&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This page came about to lay down some foundation Guidelines to assist Editors &amp;amp; Translators alike to create a consistence reading format though out all the novels, to ensure the best Haruhi experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page will be updated to include all terms, formats notes and other points for this project, it should always reflect the joint agreements of all parties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not mean translator will have to it upon themselves to apply the guideslines themselves, this guide will mainly affect Editors, and we stress to translators not to take it upon themselves to change their habits or preferences that will hamper your progress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short let the Editors do all the hard work, while you lot can continue to concentrate on the Translating (^-^)/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But as this implies this is not a Rule. It is a Guide, and you will not be punished for not agreeing to it, but at the same time know that any edits which will not comform to this guide will be corrected by other Users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I strongly advise that if you really do have an issue with some of these accepted points, that you please add your voice to the Discussion on the Talk page, before you edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
----&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;Suzumiya Haruhi Series Format Guidelines&#039;&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is a style guide for Suzumiya Haruhi Project. The consensus of many Editors &amp;amp; Translators formed the conventions described here. Translated Chapters should heed these rules. Feel free to update this page as needed, but please use the discussion page to propose major changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;Translators&#039;&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Work will be divided by Chapters per Volume&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You are required to register which Chapters you wish to work on&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Registeration is on a &amp;quot;First Come, First Served&amp;quot; please register your intended chapters on the [http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Suzumiya_Haruhi:Registration_Page Registration Page]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The maximum number of chapters you are recommended to work on is no more then half of any given  volume&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Maximum number of Translators per volume is two&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Maximum number of volumes you may be active on is one&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Do not worry about first drafts, it will be the Editors job to clean it up. Discussion between Editors and Translators are advised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 15:51, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The Registration page is not some Binding Contract of &amp;quot;I must do the work I put down here&amp;quot;. Choices put down here are negotiable between translators (including their own selves who signed up for it).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 17:01, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Anonymous Translated Contributions are required to inform [[thelastguardian|thelastguardian]]  and the designated Project Translator of the intend Chapters as shown on the [http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Suzumiya_Haruhi:Registration_Page Registration page] before any major contribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 17:33, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== &#039;&#039;&#039;Editors&#039;&#039;&#039; ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Editors are required to justify in the related chapter Talk page for Major Edits. Which could be considered disputable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Always fill in the summary box on all non-minor edits&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Editors are advised to communicate with Translators for any Major Edits &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 14:32, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Anonymous Editors ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Anonymous Editors are Welcome, but please note that any large edits, which are considered further then grammar and spelling corrections, must be justified in the Discussion page before hand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Anonymous Editors be aware that your edits will be reverted if you have not complied to the above points, this is to prevent precieved vandalism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Registration is free, and we strongly advised that you do, in order to acknowledge worthy contributions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Always fill in the summary box after all edits, one word is better then nothing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 15:57, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Dialogue and Narration Syntax Section ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*No parenthesis for when Kyon&#039;s &amp;quot;inner dialgue leaks out&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*No-line break for lines that directly reference a character&#039;s line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use original tenses for Kyon&#039;s narration. For cases where this seems awkward, apply the following rule of thumb:&lt;br /&gt;
:Prologue and Vol 1 Ch 1 are Kyon&#039;s Backstory telling, therefore should default to Past Tense. Ch 2+ are Kyon living out his experiences, so default to Present Tense (and secondarily to Immediate Past Tense).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 15:46, 23 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Since there&#039;s not much sarcasm within the Japanese language, an exclamation mark is used to emphasize Kyon&#039;s sarcasm on Haruhi&#039;s eccentricities. In Chinese, as the grammatical structure is similar, the punctuations are carried over. However, in English, Kyon&#039;s sarcastic and witty remarks actually works better ending with a fullstop than with an exclamation mark, since sarcasm in English is very subtle, the reader can sense it even without the exclamation mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Kinny Riddle|Kinny Riddle]] 14.20, 24 April 2006 (BST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Please use past tense for all of Kyon&#039;s narration as with most of what I&#039;ve read.  This is the case for the latter chapters of volume one.  The translators seem to use present tense for Kyon&#039;s constant tsukkomi (commentary), which is great.  Perhaps the error that I correct the most is tense agreement within the same paragraph or sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Eleutheria|Eleutheria]] 04:17, 27 April 2006 (EST)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correct English Terms ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section we list the agreed English terms for specificly important words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Due to the nature of this website, and the nationality of the majority of Editors &amp;amp; Readers the standard spelling lexicon for this project will be based upon American English as defined by the Fourth Edition of the [http://www.bartleby.com/61/ American Heritage Dictionary]&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Those who are fluent in Native English who find difficulty in use of correct American English Spelling can find help with the online [http://www.travelfurther.net/dictionaries/ American-British &amp;amp; British-American Dictionaries] (^^)/  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:Onizuka-gto|Onizuka-gto]] 12:32, 26 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Yuki&#039;s Alien Group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Integrated Data Sentient Entity/Information Synthesis Thought Entities&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Itsuki&#039;s Supernatural Group&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Kikan&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;機関&amp;quot; = Organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: It has been conjectured by that the name of Itsuki&#039;s group is a reference by the author to the  &amp;quot;Instrumentality of Man&amp;quot; in the science fiction classics by Cordwainer Smith. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Literature Club&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Literacy Club&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Class 1-5&amp;quot; not &amp;quot;Fifth Class&amp;quot; etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Aliens, Time Travellers, Sliders and Espers&amp;quot; as opposed to say &amp;quot;futurian&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;out-of-worlder&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--[[User:Psieye|Psieye]] 21:26, 25 April 2006 (PDT)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2098</id>
		<title>Suzumiya Haruhi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=Suzumiya_Haruhi&amp;diff=2098"/>
		<updated>2006-04-26T11:51:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is just a story that I picked up a while ago to practice my English writing skills. &lt;br /&gt;
If you want to correct any grammatical/spelling mistakes feel free to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are going to post a portion or the whole translation elsewhere, please contact me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- [[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read the [[Talk:Suzumiya Haruhi|Discussion]] for news/opinions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Update ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Older updates can be found [[Update|here]].&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*April 24, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
**Anonymous Editing has been available. &lt;br /&gt;
**All constructive contribution are welcomed! &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**All Anonymous Contributors are advised to read the [[Format_guideline|Unified Format Guideline]] before contributing, to avoid any misunderstanding.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
**If you plan to contribute more then once we ask that you Register, which is free!&lt;br /&gt;
**Once again we would like to thank you for all your help to advance Suzumiya Haruhi Series to the English world!  m(_ _)m&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*April 25, 2006&lt;br /&gt;
** Chapter 5 hit 85%, illustration uploaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translators ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Freak Of Nature|Freak Of Nature]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Kinny Riddle|Kinny Riddle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]] (part-time)&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Velocity7|velocity7]] (Special mention here, for large Image Contribution)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Please [[User_talk:Thelastguardian|contact me]] if you are planning to contribute a significant amount of script.&lt;br /&gt;
- [[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translators are asked to [[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Registration Page|register]] which chapters they&#039;re working on&#039;&#039;&#039; (see [[Format_guideline#Translators|the Guideline page]] for usage rules).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Editors ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users mentioned here have been recognised for their large &amp;amp; regular Editorial Contribution, which this project would like to thank, acknowledge &amp;amp; hope that they will continue to contribute in the future.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Dedicated Editors ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Adelina|Adelina]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Ryukaiser|Ryukaiser]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User:Baltakatei|Baltakatei]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== New Editors Watchlist ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Editors whose contributions are worth mentioning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Translation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Every Chapter (after editing) must conform to the agreed points highlighted in the [http://www.baka-tsuki.net/project/index.php?title=Format_guideline Unified Format Guideline]&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Some of these chapters are translations of the Chinese edition of the novels, which are known to have some minor mistakes compared to the original Japanese text. If you have access to the originals and you spot an error, &#039;&#039;&#039;please feel free to make the corrections yourself&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is a Wiki which means it&#039;s meant for anyone to fix things (and if you screw up, we can revert back your changes if all deem necessary). We can see the corrections you make, so just go ahead instead of hiding or waiting for permission.  --[[User:Psieye|Psieye]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just to add something else. I have changed the permission setting for the Wiki. &#039;&#039;&#039;You don&#039;t have to have an account to edit a page.&#039;&#039;&#039; Please do note that if you abuse this feature, I will personally hunt you down :) . --[[User:thelastguardian|thelastguardian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The &#039;&#039;Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; series, by [[Tanigawa Nagaru]]&lt;br /&gt;
**Volume 1 - &#039;&#039;The Melancholy of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第一巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憂鬱&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Illustrations|Color Illustrations]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Prologue|Prologue]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter1|Chapter 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter2|Chapter 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter3|Chapter 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter4|Chapter 4]]&lt;br /&gt;
***[[Suzumiya_Haruhi:Volume1_Chapter5|Chapter 5 (85% completed)]]&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 6&lt;br /&gt;
***Chapter 7&lt;br /&gt;
***Epilogue&lt;br /&gt;
***Author&#039;s notes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Series Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 1 - &#039;&#039;The Melancholy of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第一巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憂鬱&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 2 - &#039;&#039;The Sighs of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第二巻: 涼宮ハルヒの溜息&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 3 - &#039;&#039;The Boredom of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第三巻: 涼宮ハルヒの退屈&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 4 - &#039;&#039;The Vanishing of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第四巻: 涼宮ハルヒの消失&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 5 - &#039;&#039;The Delusions of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第五巻: 涼宮ハルヒの暴走&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 6 - &#039;&#039;The Trembling of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第六巻: 涼宮ハルヒの動揺&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 7 - &#039;&#039;The Intrigues of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第七巻: 涼宮ハルヒの陰謀&lt;br /&gt;
* Volume 8 - &#039;&#039;The Indignation of Suzumiya Haruhi&#039;&#039; / 第八巻: 涼宮ハルヒの憤慨&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Eleutheria&amp;diff=2097</id>
		<title>User:Eleutheria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.baka-tsuki.org/project/index.php?title=User:Eleutheria&amp;diff=2097"/>
		<updated>2006-04-26T11:51:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Eleutheria: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Proofreader by trade.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Eleutheria</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>